294669716-The-Abbreivation-of-the-Introduction-To-Astrology-Abu-Mashar.pdf

ISLAMIC PHILOSOPHY THEOLOGY AND SCIENCE Texts and Studies EDITED BY

H. DAIBER and D. PINGREE

VOLUME XV

/ THE ABBREVIATION OF THE iINTRODUCTION TO ASTROLOGY '",

"" ~

TOGETHER WITH THE MEDIEVAL LATIN TRANSLATION OF ADELARD OF BATH

EDITED AND TRANSLATED BY

CHARLES BURNETT KEijI YAMAMOTO MICHIO YANO

EJ. BRILL

The paper in this book meets the guidelines for permanence and durability of the Committee on Production Guidelines for Book Longevity of the Council on Library Resources.

Preface , Introduction

qi/C; tl;J."':t~j~

) :l..~ ~".,,-

CONTENTS vii 1

,e'

,,,,}

Part One Arabic Text and Translation

Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data

94-2489 CIP

The Abbreviation of the Introduction Chapter One Chapter Two Chapter Three Chapter Four ' Chapter Five Chapter Six Chapter Seven Appendix

12 12

'

32 40 52 60 70 80

84

Part Two Latin Text and Translation

ISSN 0169-8729 ISBN 90 04 09997 2 © Copyright 1994 by EJ. Brill, uiden, The Netherlands

All rights reserved. No part qf this publication may be reproduced, translated, stored in a retrieval sj'Jtem, or transmitted in any form or by arry means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without prior written permission from the publisher. Authorization to photocopy items for internal or personal use is granted by E.]. Brill provided that the appropriate fees are paid direct!J to The Copyright Clearance Center, 222 Rosewood Drive, Suiu 910 Danvers MA 01923, USA. Fees are subject to change. PRINTED IN THE NETHERLAr'lllS

Ysagoga Minor Sermo Primus 'Serme- Seeundus Sermo Tercius Sermo Quartus Sermo Quintus Sermo Sextus Sermo Septimus

,

92

94 "

106 110 120 124 128 136

Collation of the Abbreviation of the Introduction with Abu . Ma'sar's Great Introduction and al-BlrunI's Ta/hfm

144

Glossary of Technical Terms

152

Indexes Arabic Terms Names of Places and Races Authorities Lots

160 169 170 170

PREFACE Abu Ma'sar (787-886 A. D.) is the best-known astrologer of the !vliddle Ages. His long life spanned the most vigorous period of intellectual activity in Baghdad, when Greek, Persian and Indian scientific and philosophical works were being translated and assimilated. But Abu Ma'sar, like his younger contemporary aI-KindT, could rise above his sources to provide his own syntheses underpinned by a distinctive scientific outlook. Amongst his many works on the science of the stars, perhaps the most ambitious is his Great Introduction to Astrology. This text establishes the principles of astrology on the firm grounding of Aristotelian physics, and gives a comprehensive account of the tenets of astrology, often including and comparing doctrines from diverse sources. The work was copied into numerous Arabic manuscripts, and was frequently referred to. In particular, al-BlrunI, when attempting to give an overall picture of astrology to a layman in his Tafhrm, uses the Great Introduction as his main source. The text was translated into Latin twice in the twelfth century, and into at least two European vernaculars by .the time of the Renaissance. 'Albumasar' became the stock figure of the astrologer, and represented astrology as Ptolemy represented astronomy. The Great Introduction, however, is a large book, occupying over thte~,. .DJlD.J!:red pages in a typical Arabic manuscript, and, even in the . abbreviated Latin version of Hermann of Carinthia, printed as a separate book of 125 pages. It seems that Abu Ma'sar himself perceived a need to extract the main astrological data and arrange them in a handy format. The result was the Abbreviation of the Introduction, a work of seven chapters, packed with detail, but stripped of all philosophical content. It is probably this work that is referred to in the tenth-century bibliography of Ibn al-Nadlm as the 'Small Introduction', and this latter name is reflected in an early twelfth-century Latin translation that has survived: Adelard of Bath's Ysagoga minor. The Abbreviation of the Introduction seems never to have achieved the popularity of the larger work, either

in an Arabicooreading or in a Latin..reading milieu, perhaps because of competition from several other popular short introductions. However, it does provide the modern reader with a convenient introduction to the astrology of the Middle Ages, and since no other similar text has been published in rnodern times, it is hoped that this book will serve, in Abu Ma'sar's words, as an 'explanation...which is closer to comprehension'. The present book gives an Arabic text which is based on the more reliable of the two known Arabic manuscripts. The readings of this

viii

PREFACE

." .

"'\'

manuscript have been carefully compared with those of the oldest surviving manuscript of the Great Introduction and a literal translation' of the text has been provided. In addition, Adelard of Bath's twelfth-century Latin translation has been edited, not only because it shows what form of text was known tq Latin-reading astrologers, but also because it gives further evidence of the nature of the Arabic text, occasionally helping to establish the correct reading. Moreover, the oldest manuscript of the Latin translation is some five centuries older than the earliest Arabic manuscript. The book ends with a collation of the Abbreviation of the Introduction with the Great Introduction and al-BlrUnI's Tafhrm, a ., glossary of technical terms, and indexes of Arabic words, place names, ast'~logical authorities, and lots. The Arabic text was prepared by the ArablEX macro program (version 2.07) devised by Prof. Dr. Klaus Lagally of the University of Stuttgart. We are much indebted to Prof. David Pingree who carefully read the whole text and gave us valuable suggestions. Thanks are also due to Dr. Dominik Wujastyk of the Wellcome Institute, London for his technical advice. For further expert advice in various fields we are much indebted to Dr. Gerrit Bos, Messrs. Yutaka Yasuda, Naoya Totsuka, and Geoffrey Cornelius, Graeme Tobyn and Vernon Wells of the Company of Astrologers. A mutual arrangement between the British Academy and the Japan Society for the Promotion of Science, and a further grant from the Japan International Cultural Exchange Foundation, allowed the collaborators in this book to work together for four months. We are grateful to Kyoto Sangyo University for providing a comfortable environment in which to carryon the work. Kamigamo, Kyoto August, 1993.

INTRODUCTION Abu Ma'sar Ga'far ibn Mu1.Iammad ibn 'Umar aI-BalbI was born in tIurasan in 787 A. D., and died in Wasit in 886 A. D. Amongst his rnany works on astrology (and a few more on astronomy and arithmetic) his Kitiib al-mudaal (al-kabfr) ila 'ilm a1}kam al-nugum or '(Great) Introduction to Astrology' was the most popular.! This work was composed in 849-50. Abu Ma'sar himself made an abbreviated version of the Great Introduction, so that the astrological material would be easier to comprehend. 2 . That this was his own doing is implied by several statements within the work. 3 However, there are no indications of the circumstances of the composition of the treatise. So we do not know, for example, whether it was intended as a handy compendium for fellow astrologers, or a reference book for a noble patron, or had some other purpose. In the two manuscripts known to us, the work is simply called 'muhta~ar al-mude-al', Le., 'the abbreviation of the introduction'. It is presumably this book which is the second item in a list of works of Abu Ma'sar in Ibn al-Nadlm's tenth-century bibliography of Arabic literature, the Fihrist: the 'kitab al-mudbal al-~aglr' ('The book of the small introduction').4 It immediately follows 'the book of the great introduction' in Ibn al-Nadlm's list. This suggests a certain popularity in the mid-tenth century. 5 However, only two Arabic manuscripts are known definitely to contain the text. In one of these manuscripts it is accompanied by other works of astrology. In the other, by a text on divination by letters, talismans and magic. 1 For bibliographies of AbU Ma'sar see F. Sezgin, Geschichte des arabischen Schrifttums, VII, Leiden, 1979, pp. 139-51 and D. Pingree, 'Abu Ma'shar', in Dictionary of Scientific Biography, ed. C. C. Gillispie, I, New York, 1970, pp. 32-9. The most complete study, up to now, of the Great Introduction and its influence in the Latin West is that of R. Lemay, Abu Ma'shar and Latin Aristotelianism in the Twelfth Century, Beirut, 1962. Lemay has discussed the relation of the Latin translations to the original Arabic in 'Fautes et contresens dans les traductions arabo-latines medh~vales: L'Introductorium in Astronomiam d'Abou Ma'shar de Balkh', Revue de Synthese, 3rd series, 49-52, 1968, pp. 101-23, and is preparing editions of the Arabic and Latin texts. 2 The Abbreviation, 1.4. All references to the Abbreviation are to the chapter and section number of the edition in this book. 3 See ibid., 1.4, 2.13 and 6.2. 4 See Sezgin, Geschichte (n.l above), p. 142, and B. Dodge, The Fihrist oj alNadfm, New York and London, 1970, p. 657. 5 The larger introduction was called the 'Great' introduction only in respect to the smaller introduction. However, most Arabic manuscripts of the Great Introduction appear to call the work simply the 'Introduction'.

2

1\

INTRODUCTION

In the early twelfth century a translation of the Abbreviation of the Introduction was made into Latin by Adelard of Bath (ca. 1080-1152 A. D.). It is accompanied in the earliest manuscripts by Adelard's translations of a work on talismans and the first 39 of the astrological aphorisms attributed to Ptolemy {Pseudo-Ptolemy, Kitiib al-lamara or Centiloquium).6 It is likely that Adelard had access to an Arabic manuscript containing these works in al-Andalus or in Sicily. He called his translation 'Ysagoga minor', using the Latin form of a Greek word for 'introduction' ('eisagoge'), which was well-known from the title of the first book of the Logica vetus (the old curriculum in logic, consisting of Latin translations of, or commentaries on, Greek logical works), Porphyry's Isagoge. This title had already been used at the end of the eleventh century by Constantine of Africa for his translation of the first book of an Arabic medical curriculum, I:Iunayn ibn Is1,laq's Introduction to ihe 'Ars medica' of Galen. Adelard's title recalls that of Ibn al-Nadlm. His work was probably the earliest astrological manual translated into Latin, 7 but seems to have been eclipsed by the translations of the Great Introduction, made by John of Seville in 1133, and Hermann of Carinthia in 1140. Both translations include the word 'greater' in their titles, and Hermann of Carinthia seems to have known the A bbreviaiion of the Introduction and/or Adelard's translation, as well. 8 In makill,p the abbreviation, Abu Ma'sar, for the most part, simply reproduced phrases, sentences and sometimes whole paragraphs from the Great Introduction. The correspondence is so close that the text of the Great Introduction can be used to autheEticate the reading of one or other of the manuscripts of the A bbreviation, and, with the completion of Richard Lemay's edition of the Great Introduction, it should be possible to determine from which of the two principal versions of the Great Introduction the Abbreviation derives. It is in the arrangement of the material that the originality of the Abbreviation lies. The attributes of the signs of the zodiac are listed according to the nature of the attributes in the sixth book of the Great Introduction, which includes chapters on See C. Burnett, 'Adelard, Ergaphalau and the Science of the Stars', in Adelard of Bath: An English Scientist and Arabist of the Early Twelfth Century, ed. C. Burnett, Warburg Institute Surveys and Texts, 14', 1987, pp. 133-45. 7 The late tenth-century Liber Alchandrei already included some scraps of Arabic astrology, but of a more primitive kind, and it may not have been a translation of any Arabic text; see Burnett, IAdelard, Ergaphalau and the Science of the Stars' (n.6 above), pp. 140-1. 8 Hermann says, in respect to the conditions of the planets in themselves, that Abu Malsar 'writes in another place that there are 25 conditions, but here writes '17". This is a personal statement included in his translation of Abu Ma'sar, Great Introduction, VII.5, printed as Introductorium in astronomiam Albumasaris, Venice, 1506 (see fo1. g 2 verso), and implies that he knew the third chapter of the Abbreviation. 6

INTRODUCTION

3

the regions, the terrain, illnesses, the parts of the body and the parts of the animal kingdom assigned to each sign. In the Abbreviation, however, the attributes are listed according to the signs themselves, and the material of several chapters in the Great Introduction is brought together in one chapter - the first chapter of the Abbreviation. In the second chapter Abu Ma'sar reduces the nUlnber of 'conditions' of the planets in respect to the Sun (i.e., phases). On the other hand, in chapter 3, which follows closely Great Introduction, VII.5, Abu !vla'sar finds it conveni€nt to add four extra 'conditions' of the planets to the twenty-one conditions discussed in the Great Introduction. Chapter 4 follows Great Introduction, VII.6 quite closely, and, in describing the attributes of the planets in chapter 5, Abu Ma'sar has simply reproduced a selection of the attributes listed in Great Introduction, VII.9. A more cOlllplex scheme of selection operates in chapter 6 in which can be found information from both the detailed description of the lots in Great Introduction, VIII. 3-5, and the summary description in VIII.6 , and to which Abu Ma'sar has added references to lots which are like each other (6.5,50). The last chapter is devoted mainly to numerical values, and these have been conveniently set out in the form of tables in one of the manuscripts of the Abbreviation. Whilst the London manuscript of the Abbreviation is generally closer to the Great Introduction, the Paris manuscript occasionally includes words and phrases from the latter text which are not in the London manuscript. These can probably be accounted for, in most cases, as omissions in the London manuscript, and as such they have been included in our edition. More puzzling are other phrases in which the Paris manuscript gives the reading of one of the manuscripts of the Great Introduction, and the London manuscript follows another. 9 The Latin translation, on the other hand, contains considerably more material from the Great Introduction than the two Arabic manuscripts. This includes (1) the insertion of the falls (dejections) of the planets in each of the zodiacal signs (chapter 1), (2) the inclusion of the tastes and the seasons associated with certain zodiacal signs (1.41, 53, 59, 65, 72 and 78), (3) the insertion of the terrain attributed to certain zodiacal signs (1.38,44,50,56,62,69,75 and 81), (4) a section on friendship (reception) between planets (3.54-62), 9

See 5.9 and 5.11 below.

4

INTRODUCTION

INTRODUCTION

(5) a section on the 'changing' of the planets (4.34-6), and (6) most of the seventh chapter (7.8-73). Item (1) could perhaps be an insertion on the part of the translator. For, after the descriptions of the signs of the zodiac, both the Arabic and the Latin versions give the information that the fall of a planet is in the degree opposite to that of its exaltation (1.84), which would be redundant information if, as in the Latin translation, the fall of each of the planets had alr~ady been mentioned. In fact, there is evidence that the translator, probably on the basis of 1.84, had worked out the degrees of the falls and inserted the information in the appropriate places. For, in the margin of the earliest manuscript, next to the first sign, the information in 1.84 is repeated, and in the case of Cancer, the scribe at first forgot to write in the fall, perhaps because this, along with all the other falls, had been written in the margin of his exemplar. iO However, the other additional passages in the Latin translation must have already . been present in its Arabic exemplar. The inclusion of tastes and seasons for (almost) all the signs (item 2), in contrast to their omission from Scorpio onwards in the extant Arabic manuscripts, suggests a more rigorous systematic arrangement in Adelard's Arabic exemplar. But the inclusion of terrain (item 3), which is only once hinted at in our Arabic manuscripts (see 1.62), indicates a more substantial difference of organisation. Items 4, 5 and 6 all occur at the ends of chapters, and may have been omitted by lazy scribes. In the last case, it is clear that the extant Arabic manuscripts are defective. For, while they do not include in their text the terms of the Egyptians (to which a whole paragraph is devoted in the Latin text: 7.10-21), these terms are specifically mentioned as being one of the subjects of chapter 7, both in the preface (1.1) and in the title of chapter 7 itself (7.1). In fact, the Paris manuscript, whose text is even lacking most of the values for the 'years' of the planets (another subject of chapter 7), gives two tables: one, of these years, and the second, of the terms 'according to the school of the Egyptians'. Therefore, we can be sure that these terms were meant to form part of chapter 7 in the original version of the Abbreviation. The topics of the paragraphs which follow the terms of the Egyptians in the Latin text - on ninth-parts, dark, shadowy, bright and empty degrees, masculine and feminine degrees, wells and protuberances - are not mentioned in the Arabic titles. One could hypothesize that in the course of transmission, further information 10 The assumption is that the earliest manuscript of the Latin translation (MS S) was copied from a manuscript which had the translator's annotations in the margins and between the lines. This seems plausible, but needs further investigation.

5

from the Great Introduction was added to the Abbreviation, especially at the ends of chapters. Abu Ma'sar himself could have been responsible for a second, fuller, version, represented in the translation of Adelard of Bath. This needs further investigation. The Manuscripts B British Library, Oriental and India Office Collections, Add. 7490. A quarto paper manuscript of 257 folios, written in the ye~rs around A. H. . 1058 == A. D. 1648 (see item 8 below). It contains the following works:

1. Fol. 1r. Kusyar ibn Labban, Mugmal al-u$iil If a1}kiim al-nugum (Sezgin, Geschichte, VII, p. 182, no. 1). 2. Fa!. 43v. Ptolemy, K. al-lamara with the Persian commentary of Na~Ir aI-DIn aI-rusT (Sezgin, Geschichte, VII, p. 44, no. 2 and

p.45). 3. Fol. 77v. Sahl ibn Bisr, Nawiidir al-qalj,ii' (Sezgin, Geschichte, VII, p. 125, no. 1). 4. Fo!. 119v. Abu Ma'sar, K. al-mugta$ar. 5. Fo!. 131v. K. al-igtiyarat, without attribution, which Sezgin (Geschichte, VII, p. 146) considers might be a work of Abu Ma'sar. 6. Fo!. 153v. M a'rifa tabii 'i' al-kawakib wa miziigiha wa ma yansub ilaiha min al-1}ubiib wa-l-lamar, without attribution. Not in Sezgin. 7. Fo!. 170v. Qusta ibn Luqa, K. al- 'amal bi-l-kura (Sezgin, Geschichte, VI, p. 181, no.1). 8. Fa!. 186r. Al-SigzI, K. dala'il fi 'ilm a1Jkiim al-nugum. 'The text was completed by the hand of the poor wretch, 'Azlr Allah in the year 1058'. 9. Fol. 205v. Idem, Canons for judicial astrology. 10. Fo!. 208v. Idem, A method of finding out the price of corn. 11. Fol. 211v. AI-GIll, a treatise on the science of the astrolabe. 12. Fol. 222r. Abu Ma'sar, K. igtiyiir al-sa'iit (Sezgin, Geschichte, VII, p. 146, no. 11; only this manuscript is known; see also D. Pingree, 'Abu Ma'shar', Dictionary of Scientific Biography, I, p. 37). This text ends with 'Elections from the lunar mansions according

6

INTRODUCTION

INTRODUCTION

to the sayings of the Indians and Dorotheus' (perhaps == Sezgin, Geschichte, VII, p. 149, no.23) and two paragraphs, on victory, and governorship. A description of this manuscript is given in Catalogus codicum manuscriptorum orientalium qui in Museo Britannico asservantur. Pars secunda codices arabicos amplectens, London, 1852, under no. 415, on pp. 197b-198b. In spite of its late date this collection is an important one, especially in view of the fact that it contains two (and possibly three) works of Abu Ma'sar which are either not found elsewhere (item 12 and possibly item 5) or only survive otherwise in an inferior manuscript (item 4). Note that items 2, 3, 4, and possibly 5 and 12 were translated into Latin in the twelfth century; so this manuscript represents the kind of text that was available in the West at that time. The manuscript gives the impression of having been transcribed from a reliable source. Unfortunately the scribe is not reliable. He omits words, omits or misplaces diacritical points, occasionally omits ra', confuses ra' and zay with nun, mlm with ha', dal with waw, etc. The rubrics have not been filled in. Nevertheless, the text is much closer to that of the Great Introduction than that of P. On the assumption that the Abbreviation was made, evidently by Abu Ma'sar himself, directly from the Great Introduction, correspondence with the better manuscripts of the latter work should be the principal criterion for assessing the worth of the manuscripts of the Abbreviation. For this reason, B has been chosen as the base manuscript for our edition.

P Paris, Bibliotheque nationale, ar. 2696. This is a quarto paper manuscript written by different hands in the seventeenth century. It contains only two items: 1. Fol. II. Al-kasf fi 'ilm al-fJarf A text on the mystical significance of the letters of the alphabet, including magic squares, planetary figures, and the za'irfja, set in the context of cosmology and the relation of the macrocosm to the microcosm.

2. Fol. 31r. Abu1Ma'sar, k. al-muhtasar. v • A brief description of the manuscript is included in Le Baron de Slane, Catalogue des manuscrits arabes de la Bibliotheque nationale, Paris, 1883-95, p. 487. The old numbers of the manuscript were 1163 and, possibly, St Genevieve, quarto, A.5. The text of the Abbreviation in this manuscript is considerably abbreviated in comparison to B. Most of the occasional additions that it

7

includes cannot be found in the Great Introduction, and are for that reason probably inauthentic. A more pious attitude pervades the work (see the examples of 'by the po~er of God' in the portion of chapter 1 published in the Appendix below), and the scribe (or one of his predecessors) seems to have had no hesitation in rewriting the text in his own words. The manuscript does have the advantage, however, of being completely unrelated to B, and hence preserves several readings which are missing or miscopied in B. :tvioreover, it includes the years of the planets and the terms of the Egyptians in two tables at the end of the text, thus supplying a deficiency in the text of Chapter 7. Of other Arabic manuscripts which have been mentioned in scholarly literature as containing the Abbreviation, MS Dublin, Chester Beatty, 4075, has a different work by Abu Ma'sar, whilst the text in MS Istanbul, Yeni Carni, 1193 is by a different Abu j\la'sar. l l There renlains the excerpt from 'Abu Ma'sar, al-roude-al al-~aglr' in MS Egyptian National Library, K8527, item -2, fols 88r-S9v,12 but since this is described as coming from 'the 14th bab' of the text, it would seem to be a different work. This is confirmed by the fact that the incipit given by King does not correspond to any passage in the Abbreviation.

K Istanbul, Carullah, 1508, reproduced in facsimile as The Great Introduction to the Science of Astrology: al-Mudkhal al-kabfr ila 'ilm afJkam al-nujiim, Publications of the Institute for the History of Arabic-Islamic Science, ed. F. Sezgin, Series C.21, Frankfurt am Main, 1985. This manuscript has been our principal control manuscript for the Great Introduction. It is the oldest known manuscript - it was copied in 939 A. D. - and it is at present the only Arabic text that is readily available. 13 References are .made, whenever possible, to the page and line numbers of Sezgin's facsimile. The abbreviation 'K' will indicate, in general, the Great Introduction, but where the Carullah manuscript is lacunose or defective, and in certain other cases, recourse has been made to:

L Leiden, Universiteitsbibliotheek, Or. 47. This manuscript is very clearly written, and the scribe seems to have been intelligent. L is mentioned only when it provides readings that are nlissing in, or different from, those in K. . See Pingree, 'Abu Ma'shar', Dictionary of Scientific Biography, I, p. 36. D. A. King, A Survey of the Scientific Manuscripts in the Egyptian National Library, Indiana, 1986; id., Fihris al-malJ,fufat al- 'ilmfya al-ma1J,fu~a bi-dar al-kutub 11

12

al-mi~rfya,

13

Cairo, 1986, II, p. 685. It is to be hoped that an edition by Richard Lemay will be available soon.

9

INTRODUCTION

INTRODUCTION

S London, British Library, Sloane 2030 (12th century), fols 83-7. J afar, Ysagoga m1nor, translated by Adelard of Bath. This manuscript gives the impression of being a copy of a 'first draft' of a translation from the Arabic, which included corrections and marginal annotations by the translator, anlongst which are several Arabic terms. On the basis of this first draft, and possibly with further reference to an Arabic text, a revised version of the translation was made. This revision is represented by all the other known manuscripts:

a satisfactory reading, we have emended the text, using as our guide, in the first place, the corresponding passage in K. Only occasionally have emendations been made which do not have the corroboration of . K. These usually involve adjustments to the grammar and syntax. All rejected readings of B have been recorded in the apparatus criticus, with the' exception of omissions of diacritical points, words involving the orthography of the hamza ('), and certain recurring aberrations which are indicated in the apparatus criticus by 'passim' or 'frequently'. 'K' implies 'L', but where L has been found to give a different (and significant) reading, that reading is mentioned. In the case of the Latin text, the Sloane manuscript (8) would seem to be so important and unique that an attempt has been made to reproduce its text exactly. Hence the orthography has not been changed to conform to the norms of Classical Latin. 14 Modern conventions in punctuation have been adopted (with reluctance), because of our present-day unfamiliarity with the forms and significance of Medieval punctuation. In the process of copying, some words and phrases were omitted in S. These have been supplied in angle brackets from the other Latin manuscripts, which usually agree in their readings. Notes and corrections contemporary with the text in S and the Arabic marginalia in all the manuscripts have been included in the apparatus criticus. 15 The purpose of the translations is to help the reader understand the Arabic and the Latin texts. They do not aim to be any more literal or well-composed than the originals. This is the case, in particular, for the translation of Adelard's Latin text. The English translation tries to reproduce the rather stilted phrases of the Latin, together with the unfamiliar (and sometimes ill-conceived) astrological terms and the strange-sounding Arabic words. An attempt has been made to be consistent in rendering a recurring· word or phrase in Arabic and Latin by the same word or phrase in English. Letters have been added to make the relations between the planets clearer in Chapter 3. To make cross-reference easy, the Arabic and Latin texts and their. translations have been divided into the same short sections. When the Arabic text has a passage which has no equivalent in the Latin text, the relevant section number is missing in the Latin text, and vice versa. The folio numbers of B are indicated in the Arabic text, and those of

8

D Oxford, Bodleian Library, Digby 68 (complete),

T Trier, Stadtbibliothek, 1923 (1434) (a fragment 7 partially edited and translated 7 without attribution, by W. Hubner, Die Eigenschaften der Tierkreiszeichen in der Antike 7 Wiesbaden, 1982, pp. 392-7),

L Lyon, Bibliotheque municipale, 328 (incomplete), So Soest 7 Stadtbibliothek, 24 (fragment) and

A Avranches, Bibliotheque municipale, 235 (fragment). Since the version in S is closest to the original Arabic, this has been chosen for the present edition. Editorial and Translation Principles

After careful collation of the texts in MSS Band P, it was decided that B should serve as the base text. The readings in P were so different that, for many passages, it would have been easier to present P's text in its entirety rather than to indicate each case in which it diverged from B. The two passages published in the Appendix illustrate the extent of this divergence. A listing of all the variants of P in the apparatus criticus would not, in our view, have been very helpful. Instead, only those readings are included in which (1) P agrees 7 against B 7 with K or L or with the Latin translation, or (2) P's reading is of sufficient interest to merit a comment in the notes to the translation. MS B, unfortunately, is not a good manuscript, and 7 in many cases, an obviously wrong reading, or an omission, in B can be corrected from P. In the case of an omission the addition from P is marked in the text by angle brackets, without further comment. Where P's reading replaces that of B, B's reading is indicated in the apparatus criticus. Where both Band P fail to give

The abbreviations 'I' and I;' have been realized as lim' and let' respectively. The extensive later annotations in S, which have been taken from another manuscript (cf. marginal annotation to 3.24: lin alio libro secundo') of the A D L So T family, have not been included. Moreover, superscript '-us' and '0' after Roman numerals, indicating respectively the nominative and ablative terminations of ordinals, have been omitted. However, liiiiO f ' has been written out as Iquatuor' and 'viiio as locto'. 14

15

l

10

INTRODUCTION

8 in the Latin text. The notes to the translations draw attention to divergences between the Arabic and the Latin texts and individual manuscripts, and attempt to elucidate certain obscure passages by reference to corresponding material. They do not pretend to provide a complete astrological commentary. The collation of the Abbreviation with the Great Introduction and with al-BlrilnI's Tafhzm shows the sources of each section of the Abbreviation in the Great Introduction. Since much of the material of the Tafhzm is taken directly from the Great Introduction it is useful to indicate where al-BlrunI discusses the topics in the Abbreviation, not only because the Tafhfm is available in Arabic facsimile and a translation of the Persian text which includes some explanatory notes,16 but also because al-BlrilnI is good at restating the doctrine of others in an intelligible way. Reference is to the paragraph numbers in Ramsey Wright's edition. Abbreviations

A B

D !(

L L p 8

80 Tajhfm T

< >

MS Avranches, Bibliotheque municipale, 235 MS British Library, Oriental and India Office Collections, Add. 7490 MS Oxford, Bodleian Library, Digby 68 The Great Introduction as in :rvIS Istanbul, Carullah, 1508 (facsimile edition ed. F. Sezgin) MS Leiden, Universiteitsbibliotheek, Or. 47 MS Lyon, Bibliotheque municipale, 328 MS Paris, Bibliotheque nationale, ar. 2696 MS London, British Library, Sloane 2030 MS Soest, Stadtbibliothek, 24 AI-BlrunI, The Book of Instruction in the Elements of the Art of Astrology, ed. R. Ramsey Wright, London, 1934. MS Trier, Stadtbibliothek, 1923 (1434) (in Arabic text) Word or phrase omitted in B, but supplied from P.

{ )

(in Latin text) Word or phrase omitted in S but s~pplied from the consensus of A D L So T. (in Eng1ish translation) Words added to make the meaning clear. Letters or words to be omitted.

16 AI-BlrunI, The Book of Instruction in the Elements of the Art of Astrology, reproduced from British Museum, MS. Or. 8349 and with a translation [from the

Persian version] by R. Ramsey Wright, London, 1934.

PART ONE

ARABIC TEXT AND TRANSLATION

12

THE ABBREVIATION OF THE INTRODUCTION

~)I uP')\ JJl

(j~\

13 [1] In the nameof God, the merciful, the compassionate.

r

[1] /1~9v/

< Jj~\ j..AAJ\ > J~ ~ ~j ~Jl' ~ yl:5' Lu. .J\~j \iL~ ~ ~~\ u~~ J < J\:J\ j..AAJ\. > \i'j~~j li~b.j

Cl:-b J

J

~ \ ~~\ u ~b.

< ~~\ j..AAJ\ > ~\ ;r lr~~j

~~\

1

..l.Mli j ~~'., ~j lr9-' ~~1 O,)l....., ~ < L~\ j..AAJ1 > 0:~~ i...-J\ ~-(''' ~l1t . < ~ l:l \ V-\_:.1\ > 2 I - ": ~ .~\ u ~\ . . 'Y'"' ~ ~.?' ~ ~-,-r

c:..

j..AAJ\ > U~W~ \~~\ Y~.Jb O~~..,..t \ 5~~' Js- \i~~,) ~L>-, w~b~ ~ u~ J < C U \ j..AAJ' > ilrJ\.f:' Y J < \.f,)U\ ~I\,)...\e>

• ",

~~

~l_" i y-'~

3

u....J.iJI ~ .~ . , ... ('

15~ ~y..J1

rlr.- ~1 ~ jx

Ly:h-b C-'~'

~

~,\

t J -" ~.'.f'-"

~ ~

e let ~\ ~\ ~ Wr;:JW\ J~'

~

...

~

~\

.

~-'

~_{'I\

.

~

Ut·\of. ~ . Jli [2J

~~, ~ ~1--\J\.fAJ' 4 ~j:' ~y..J\ IWI I.:u. .) u~\(J1 ,~~~ ~1 6 roM;

tl

5

~I (.J,) i j~ ~:, ~J~ lfj., [3) ~\ li\(? P. ~~\ w"!,.=~)\ ~~j ~~j 7 ~!.:roj ~~Jb Lro ~~ :Y (J,)~ ,),u.-'

t5:, .Ai j [4] li~~,)-, Lr~l>-, ~~~ ~\..;J\ J~'

8

ij~j ~~~

i ~l iK>'

J

~! c~.

f- J! J>.J.~

~ lc. ,L;~' ~ ~ . u~..

w.

i ~~I

<',ij J'

~L:r J ~I

G'~li vL.:.. .J.\

~\ 1

P; B

~!?

lip.

2

P; B

3

Our reading; B

4

OUf reading; B '-.S-'~

e'

6

Our reading; B

~~

7

Our reading; B

~!.to, Porn.

UJ"A)

~ ... \

let

~~

wl.:sO\ \1. .

~ ~\.i

JJ y -ii 0A ,j~.. ~~ .JLa:.> ~l

[2J Ca'far ibn Mu1,lammad, known as Abu I\.fa'sar the astrologer, said to the lovers of philosophy and the higher sciences, possessors of long speculation on the wonders of the conditions of the wanderers in the entire cavity ': There is no benefit in the absence of knowledge of the things existing in this world, insofar as the higher bodies indicate it by the powers of their natural movements. 1 [3] He would achieve this only by the knowledge of the degrees of the circle, the number of the signs and their names, the quantity of the degrees of each one of them, their Lords, their dignities and their natures, and the natures of the twelve places and the planets; and by the knowledge of the northern and southern constellations, their conditions and indications. [4J We have explained the generality of what was necessary in this subject in our book called 'The Introduction to the Science of the Judgements of the Stars'. In this book called 'The Abbreviation of the Introduction' we explain some of these things as an abbreviation and abridgement so that it is closer to comprehension.

~

5p;B ~

8 P; B

~·;..1·

~-.

\1.

This is the book of the abbreviation of the introduction, and it is of seven chapters. The first chapter, on the natures of the signs, their conditions and their indications. The second chapter, on the conditions of the planets in themselves, the size of their bodies, and their conditions from the Sun. The third chapter, on the twenty-five conditions of the planets. The fourth chapter, on the good fortune of the planets, their power, their weakness ~nd their misfortune, the corruption of the Moon, and the knowledge of their dodecatemoria. The fifth chapter, on the natures of the seven planets, the characteristic of their indications over existent things, and the Lords of the days and the hours. The sixth chapter, on a summary of the description of the lots. The seventh chapter, on the knowledge of the years of the fardiiriit of the planets, the different arrangements of their years, and the terms of the Egyptians.

1 The meaning of this opening sentence is obscure. For the rather different phraseology of P and Adelard's interpretation see pp. 85 and 93 below. The general sense would seem to be that there is no material advantage in knowing astronomy. In order to make a living (Le. as an astrologer) it is necessary to know what effects the heavens have on the world around U8. The emphasis on the pecuniary benefits of astrology can be found in several astrological textbooks.

14


~, ~J ~J. P

\.j~ ~-J.)

9

0";-J

~l}~ .,...;

/120r/ lo!l.WI

CHAPTER ONE

~i

[5]

y~~ ~~~ ~.,.aJ~ y~~ 0~~ u:W~ ..\..M~~ 0lk.r'~ ,~~~ J;J~ 0";- ~.) f U::i.) 0";- ~-J.) f ~-J.) 0y~ lr-o (J. :h [6J uyL.~

J ~'

I '-~' "'1<" i,:,~ ~ ~ \f:.r:"

~.rJ' ~.,.c' l;~

~~j .~\ :J

[7J

. :

u~

-J~\ ;r ~-'

10

4.:J~ \f . .~j ~~ 0J--.. • :: 4..;~

cf:.

lo }l.,J

"'I<" ~e \f "

P ~.)~ ~ .r~'

.('-:? . ,(~t ( V--J l-.. ~ 1... \.•J. t.~~ ~ . ..&i ~l fi l~j' : . ~ ~ u,J CJfi.l1 J-; .) .b tr-o ""'""~ j:JJ [8] ..;11 i ~-'~ i 0..,..)1

(

"'.l,

_":tl . .

~ ..•

0\

.l,

"'.l,

..J

•

..

u~~~J u~-,t

-..I" [10J ~ ~-J.)

~~~

?

~ ~ ~ ~l Wrj

11

V' ~

~L; [9J

t.j41} J3~' ~ylt ~~ u~-J.)P ~j fO~j ~~

l!-JLr 5-' ~J

OjA w\l.oj

,~ 0j4 ~~\.i ~~ OJ\.,. ~J [1·1] o~.JJ ~~~ [12] t~l ~ c!UJ.l ~l; ,~'J' u~L, J-s:. .JLrJl ~~ ~-J ~

J-s:. j~ ~-'J

..I.lyl

0~

"J

0'"

J.:.li C~ ~-'-"""J ~y J~

[13J uy.P

ULwr&j

Y

~ .~~I t~

J~ ~ .J tt i~ C:.J\ -',) S'~

12

\'yl

~" 0~.J,)b ~-,It.., ~~ 01~' ;r ..J.., [14] ~y~ ~!Jl 0W~1 O~.., ~>e 41-, [16J ..:..0 u~.J') ~~ ~ ..;1' J fJ O.,;A)\ ~ .),,:J' [15} ~) ~~ O~-'~ ~J [17J ~) ~l:J~ ~ .)l:J~ ~-,u...J Jj~1 ~ yli w~L, ~ > -'~, ~~

J-s:.

9

:h

~~ ~

Jv'

jAJ

~~ wll.oj ,b.,-

Ojo

j~ L<:-'J ..I.lYl J.:.li C~ .~~1 t~ illLl ""';l.; < .~~I u~l ..JJ [18] Ull;. ..J l:t i~ cui J~ u-""" ~ J~ r-W1

..Jji

14

~

13

Our reading; BP

~,

[9] Aries is the house of Mars, and the exaltation of the Sun is in its 19th degree. 3 [10] It has three decans, each decan of ten equal degrees. The first decan belongs to Mars, the second to the Sun, the third to Venus. [llJ Its nature is hot, dry, fiery, yellow bile, its taste is bitter, and it is masculine, diurnal, tropical, belonging to spring, greater in daylight than the hours of equality, less in rising time,4 upright in rising, [12] cut in its limbs, prone to anger, possessing two colours and two forms, libidinous, having few children, and sometimes it indicates twins,5 royal, possessing four feet of the sort that are doven, half-voiced. [13] Belonging to it of the body of man are the head and the face. [14) Belonging to it of countries are Babylonia, Persia, Azerbaijan and Palestine.

[15] Taurus is the house of Venus, and the exaltation of the Moon is in its third degree. [16] It has three decans: the first belongs to Mercury, the second to the Moon, the third to Saturn. [17] Its nature is cold and dry, earthy, black bile, its taste is acid, and it is feminine, nocturnal, fixed, greater in daylight than the hours of equality,6 defective in figure, cut in its limbs, libidinous, having few children; and sometimes its beginning7 indicates the barren, half-voiced, possessing four feet of the sort that are cloven. [18] Belonging to it are plants and every tree that is

For P's version of these opening sentences, see p. 85 below. For each sign the Latin adds the presence or absence of a planet's fall. 4 The Latin gives: tits rising is less than 30 degrees'. 5 P and Latin translation: 'barrenness'. Compare K, VI.16, p. 350.11-12: 'And those signs that have two colours and two faces, such as Aries and Libra, sometimes indicate twins also'. 6 B and Latin translation omit 'than the hours of equality'. 7 'its beginning', added above' 'ala' in B; omitted in P and Latin translation. But cr. K, VI.16, p. 350.13-14: 'The barren signs are Gemini, Leo, Virgo and the beginning of Taurus'. 3

P; B

11

OUf reading; BP

12

p

13

p., B

14

B adds above

t"'l

[5) The circle consists of 360 degrees and 12 signs, which are Aries, Taurus, Genlini, Cancer, Leo, Virgo, Libra, Scorpio, Sagittarius, Capricorn, Aquarius, and Pisces. [6] Each sign has 30 degrees, each degree has 60 minutes, each minute has 60 seconds, each second has 60 thirds, and each third has 60 fourths; and thus each one of them is divided until the tenths and the elevenths, and the rest of the fractions that follow. [7] The planets, which are swift in their movements, are seven. The highest of them, and the one furthest from us, is Saturn; then Jupiter, then Mars, then the Sun, then Venus, then Mercury, then the Moon. [8] Each one of them has a share in one of the signs, and they have apogees and nodes in. them. 2

2

&

10

P

~~

.

J>-

passim

15

16


~!,-J' 0\~' l.JA .Jj [20] r~, 0":''';>-, ~, 0W~' 0~ ;.ro ~

~-'

[22]

~-'

~ u~-J~

r

6)\;

~ V"!Jt J f-'

16

j

CHAPTER ONE

(19J V"~

~~~ 15 0'~J ~U~ ~.J~ ~ ~~~ \ J (21)

~l:J~ t.jo1} ~t:J~ ~~ J3~' ~y~ o~ j ~)\; 0:~ -'~ '-f-J~ 5~ CJ . JA-' o~ ~\~-' ~Y~ /120v/ ~~ ~-J Ojb. J'- J~' ,Jj [24) .J\;k o~ y\ # .JlrJt 0~ L» Jy,; o.?' ~j ~-J [23]

r\

... it·q ~ . M

V-

~

~

0~~ 0 1.ll:Jl

"j

(r4

by'

\~ C ~ U~\ .AJ~ ~ 17 ~ J'" \j\ 0'-J~ u::--. M [M ~-' [26] 01~~ 0L~..A..J~ 0~1 0W~1 0~ lJA ~j [25J •

ij..t:j

[28)

o~-J4

20

-..:..0

~-J~

Op

~-' 0t; Yj ~

...)

19

0~-r:.., 0~.., 0~-,~b 18 ~-Jb

~~t

'-'-rj ~l

~-' [29J ~ ~l:J~ ~-JLb..J ~\:j~ O~.JJ

1:1\ r. ~ -'~ J ...

W . ~ .. -' ~.

~ 0LkyJ~ [27]

Jj ~\

1.1 A., U,lA W\le'j 4:?-:' ~ JAj

J~\ ~~\ -J~~~ ~U\ 0~.., r~\ ~-'

[30) "

~ y\; O~ j ~~ ~ ..

21

~L» ~ . . . :J

u~ ~ ..vy\ # 0la.i:J4

~~ 0~~~ -J~1 0W~\ 0~ If ,,) [31] ~l ~~ ~~\ o~l o~l ,,)

LS~t ~-J' 0'-U:J' ~ "-' [32J ~)~ J\.,J.J~ t>W'~~ o..w~ 0~-J~~ t . .) 45'f ~.., ~"')' ..,-rOj ~~ 0l-~ Jt:l~ Jo-) Jj ~\ ~ yL; o~ -' ~~ "-, [34] ~, ~ ~~~ [33J Jfj

ojo W\~.., ,~ ojo ~.Jli ~~

15

Our reading from K; BP

16

P; B

17

Our reading; B

18

Our reading from K; BP

19

Our reading from K; B

2op;B 21

22

~ [35]

tjoll

~l:J~ ~~

planted. [19] Belonging to it of the body of man are the neck and th~ Adam's apple. s {20] Belonging to it of countries are al-Suwad, MahIn, Ramadan and the Kurds. [21] Gemini is the house of Mercury, and the exaltation of the Head is in its third degree. [22J It has three decans: the first decan belongs to Jupiter, the second to Mars, the third to the Sun. [23] Its nature is hot and moist, airy, sanguine, its taste is sweet, and it is a masculine sign, diurnal, bicorporal, belonging to spring, and in its l(;\st part the daylight becomes longest, many-faced, flying. [24J To it belong tall trees. In human form, eloquent, barren, powerful in voice,9 youthful, beautiful in face, generous, good in its soul. [25] To it belong of the body of man, the shoulders, the upper arms and the hands. [26J To it belong ofcountries Gurgan, Armenia, Azerbaijan, GIl an, Burgan, Muqan,Egypt and Barqa. [27] Cancer is the house of the Moon, and the exaltation of Jupiter is in its 15th degree. [28] It has three decans: the first decan belongs to Venus, the second to Mercury, the third to the Moon. [29J Its nature is cold and moist, watery, phlegmatic, its taste is salty, and it is feminine, nocturnal, tropical, belonging to the summer, and in it daylight begins to decrease. It has many children, but no voice. [30] To it belong reptiles and animals of the water, and trees of moderate height. To it are swift-moving waters 10 and rain-water. [31J Belonging to it of the body of man are the chest, the two breasts, the heart, the stomach, the flanks, the spleen and the lungs. [32]' Belonging to it of countries are Lesser Armenia, Eastern t!urasan, China and Marw al-Rud, and to it is a share in Balg and Azerbaijan. [33] Leo is the house of the Sun. [34] It has three decans: the first decan belongs to Saturn, the second to Jupiter, the third to Mars. [35] Its nature is hot and dry, fiery, yellow bile, its taste is bitter, and it is masculine, diurnal, fixed, belonging to summer, possessing four feet of the beasts of prey which have fangs and claws, and to it are tall trees.

0 L\..o.A

~-,\.b.,J\ ~,P

~

~.J \ 0~";:, Porn.

y

Our reading from K; Born., P

22p;B

056..

17

Y

JlA

8 B, K and the TaJhf:m are all agreed in giving some form of 'harza' (literally 'pearl') in this context. One must note, however, that the dictionaries give 'gauza al-]:1Ulqum' for the Adam's apple. 9 Latin gives: Isparing of words', but cr. K, VI.18, p. 351.2: Istrong-voiced'. 10 The phrase lal-ka1;.1ra al-i}arakata' is not in KL, but can be found in Tajhfm, c.368.

18


~., ~.,

~, t~'

yU l!

UA

i!,i ~-1' .,~

CHAPTER ONE

~ ~~ '-!-1Lr

~L=, u~ ~"s ~ C~ yyAS. J;~~' t~

[36]

5s ~.,

J~\ ~l

o~.u 0W~\ 0~ lJA aJ., [37] ~ ~~ ~l-# ~" 23 ~" t'~J Y-11 Jj .!lfi' 0 Lll:J' u-o Ill" [38J ~~ 24 0ld~ ~~ ~~ ~~ ~, -,~4" ..u....J~ ~ 25 ~.:v\ 0~\ ~lt= ~ ~ Ufj ~.J~ ~ ~~ [39]

~)lt aJj [40) ~ ~-J~

op

o.)-'~ ~J

~\:J~

[41) .)-,lk.J

/121r/ -'~, J;!,:-l 0~

U"'W\

0.f'.P

0-r>' ~.,

~y.c'

0W~1

~~, ~.,J~

0:.~

j';

?

J3~' ~.,Jli o~ J

(-I. Y'J ,b~ oj4 ~.)i ~~

J-'- u~' lJA ~ .J., (42) ~ ~ ~ -'~ -'~ ~)lj j'; ~~ 0~ .:r J) [43J ..,...o.:JI ..,...;J.. ~"JI .:r> u~1 ~...I...Z ~

-r

uL;J!, rL;J~

26

~!)-' 0L~l lJAJ [44] y~~ 0:-,W~ ,L...o~~ ~, 0~

~ ~-'~ 0:P <

if- lA Lt'-,t;., o..;:-A- ~

t.} J.>.J '-'fJ o~)' ~ 0~~ [45] [47] ~jL.W ~\:J~ '-'~) ~l:J~ ~ ~ J3~' ~ yL; o~ J ~)lj [46J ~ -,lrJ' ~li ~.? ~ ~-,lt= 5~ JAJ ~Y'.) ~~ ~-' Ojb. ~J ~

WJ.;,

J

> L>.k>j

"J

~ ~-'~-' ~y

j';

ty,k)'

~ ~LW' ~~ J;!,:-~\ w~L.

~-,j ..uy' ~ c~, ~ Jl:L' J~ U"'l:J\ O-,y ~ JL,JcJ\~' .J., [48J ~, 0W~' 0~ lJA [49J ..,...o.:J' ~ y\ .:r> u~ rJ;~\ ~ j~

"j

-r

~~ ~ 0~~~ 0~y~ ~yJ~ ~~ ~, J.4-b 0~,u., uJ: r~-J ~\ ry.- JJ ~ ~" ~-lJ Jl ~- ~ L,j

rj)' 0'.Al:J\ V

.)~\,

cjo1)

..J" [50J

u~J

J3~1 ~"Jl; o~) ~~ U)

[52J

23


u.k>" t'~j ~-,'

24


. l..t~'.p 0. ,

25

P; B

26

P; B

J'3\ i..w!).,

u'l:.i;j,\

t., 0L:.-.J~" J.:~ 0~J

,P

UI

~ y~1

t.\.k>j y.)'

[51]

19

[36] It is cut in its limbs, prone to anger, libidinous, barren, and halfvoiced; master of cleverness, slyness and deceit, cunning, having many cares and sadnesses, dark. (37) To it of the body of man are the upper stomach, the heart, the sinews, the side, the two sides of the back, and the back. [38] To it of countries are Turks to the end of the inhabited world which it is on the edge of, Sogdiana and Nishapur. l l [39] Virgo is the house of Mercury, and its exaltation is in its 15th degree. [40] It has three decans: the first decan belongs to the Sun, the second decan to Venus, the third to Mercury. [41] Its nature is cold and dry, earthy, black bile; 12 it is a bicorporal sign, and in its last part is the equinox. It is of three forms, flying, in it is a little darkness. [42) To it belong all plants, in human form, barren, powerful in voice, beautiful in face, generous, good in its soul~ [43] To it belong of the body of man the belly, the large intestine, the small intestine and the diaphragm. [44] To it of countries belong Garamaqa, Syria, the Euphrates, al-Gazlra and Persia which follows Kirman. [45] Libra is the house of Venus, and the exaltation of Saturn is in its 21st degree. [46] It has three decans: its first decan belongs to the Moon, the second to Saturn, the third to Jupiter. [47] Its nature is hot and moist, airy, sanguine, and it is masculine, diurnal, tropical, belonging to autumn, less in daylight than the hours of equality, more in rising time, upright in rising, possessing two colours and two forms; in it is a little darkness. [48] To it belong tall trees. In human form, 6f medium condition in libido, having few children, and sometimes it indicates twins;13 voiced, beautiful in face, generous of soul. [49) To it of the body of man belong the backbone, the lower belly, the navel, the genitals, the thighs, the buttocks and the ·waist. [50] To it of countries are the Byzantine Empire, and what is within its boundaries to Ifrlqlya, Upper Egypt as far as the boundaries of Ethiopia and the boundaries of Barqa, and to it are Kirman, Sigistan, Kabul, Tub-aristan, Ba1h and Herat.. [51] Scorpio 14 is the house of Mars. [52] It has three decans: the first decan belongs to Mars, the second to the Sun, the third to Venus.

11

From this sign onwards the Latin translation adds the nature of the terrain

attributed to each sign, following K, VI.9, pp. 344-6. 12 Latin adds: 'its taste is acid, feminine, nocturnal, double, weak'. This phrase is also missing in K. 13

Latin: 'barrenness' (see note 5 above).

From this sign onwards the tastes and seasons of the signs are omitted. They are, for the most part, retained in the Latin text, as also in K. 14

20


lJ 27 ~., ~-: ~

CHAPTER ONE

0.) L \ L [53];; •. " ~l:J\ .~ C-I. ':!j ~ ~L. 'Wt:, .:J 'J. ~j ~f ~ ...,r--..r;s' J.,..bJ1 ~..I:.J.\ -,~~I, ~-,l+1 0\:11, .U\ .}r-» t~1 ,,) [54} ~~ N

N

-

..

f"u

'J ~\ ~ ~ y' ~

vlt

~~~ -I...u~ ~l:.l~ 0~~

~.,;-' ~-'

$\ JJ

30

~L, 29

28

~.:J.' 0W~1 0~ UA ~-' [55] ..J u y

~\y-, y~\ ~.)~-,j~\ ~.J\ 0L~\ VA ~-' 31

~>IJ ..Jj [58J ~ U~.J.) ~)ljJ ~~, N

32

N

35

').JUu.I

..

~\~ I..SJ1.

d>-' ~I

...w.;

.ll...J\ ~

~-'

[65]

<"jl.o I fljl 0'.Jy

~~

/121 v /

0\~' 0W~\

,J-, [64] ~

.JtrJ' <

33 34

u.o lr.

U~

~) t ~I

O"'f

[56]

~-' ~)~

WfJ ~~, ~ U"'jlJ' [57)

-'~ 1..S.J\i f~ .JAj [59] ~) ~~~ ~ Jl:J~

-'~ ~ ill:ll ~t; #-

..uy\

y jj,{ Y ~.J~ ~

J3~\ ~ yl; o~)

> 0~ Lo J~~' -'

yAi\ 0..,>' ~-' 0:~ ~ ~ ... L:y ~ ~ N

,,) [60J .)1.> " t(

0~ VO ~-' [61] ~-'

J.:>

...

il,.t cui ).i ,,)~I

~~ u~ ~ j~

..uy,

~Y')~ o~!)' ~~ 0~J-, J~~ .)\..\A: 0\~' tJA ,J) [62J ~.J.) 0:P) 36 0\} J tJl 0 fj ~j ~ ~~~ [63J ? ..:.J~~ ~ ~\:J~ ~~ J3~\ 37 ~ yli O~, ~~

27

Pj B

JJ' c.J y)~\

28

Pj B

29

p

30

Our reading; B

21

[53] Its nature is cold and moist, watery, phlegmatic, and it is a feminine sign, nocturnal, fixed, dark. [54] To it are beasts of prey and water animals, flowing waters and trees of moderate height; having many children, corrupt, cautious, prone to anger, lying, master of cares, beautiful in face, generous of soul, without voice. [55] To it of the body of man are the penis,15 the testicles, the bladder, the rump, and the perineum. [56J To it of countries are the land of al-I;Iigaz, the Desert of the Arabs and its districts in the direction of the Yemen, Tangier, Qfimis, and Rayy; and to is a share in Sogdiana.

[57] Sagittarius is the house of Jupiter, and the exaltation of the Tail is in its third degree. [58J It has three decans: the first decan belongs to Mercury, the second to the Moon, the third to Saturn. [59]16 It is masculine, diurnal, bicorporal; daylight is at its shortest in its latter part; of incomplete figure, upright, possessing two natures, cut in two parts; the first part in human form, royal, noble; the second part possesses four feet which have hooves. [60] To it belong beasts of prey and insects of the earth; having few children, half-voiced, master of strategem, cunning. [61] To it of the body of man are the two thighs. [62] To it of countries are Baghdad and al-Gibal, I~fahan, the places of the Herpads and the murmuring songs of the fire-worshippers. 17 [63] Capricorn is the house of Saturn, and the exaltation of Mars is in its 28th degree. [64] It has three decans: the first decan belongs .to Jupiter, the second to Mars, the third to the Sun. [65J Its nature is

(~\

It> 1.,,;, P om.

31


32

Pj B

~', p ..fAA ~

,!}y.. U.?,

p

U,.;J.'

33

Our readingj B

34

Our reading; B om., P

~

35


0~', P

36

P; B

37

Our reading; B

Jl1 here and frequently ~ y~, P om.

0:~\ P substitutes the female pudenda, which is added at the end of the list in K. Latin adds: 'Its nature is hot and dry, fiery, of yellow bile; its taste is acid (perhaps a mistake for 'bitter')'. This is not in K. 17 Compare Latin: 'places having fire'. 15

16

22

CHAPTER ONE


o~~j~ ~YI j~

"3' ~ ~ 38 ~ ~\

J3~1 ~ ~~j 0:....,.~ j~ ?~, ~~ '-.lll\ VA ~\

"J

~~~ yliU'

[67]

Js- j

~l; #

[66]

y~..u,

Js-

39

0;0

~~, ~~ O~.J~

ill:l\ ~3..l4 ~, ~

j~ U:~j Lf'"'!~ I-fj. < ~Li >

40~' ~ jb ,)~j~' \'Y ..uy\.# < If.?. >

~ ~\. ~. ~\ "~ 1..1".J

42

0

M

0W~\ 0""": VA

""j ,b~

etC;

oj) [68]

0\

wl:H.UA

~j.

41

lL-...:u lo~ ~,~ "1'.~

~ ~,~ ~ ~L..:, ~~ y~ u~'

0:./~ 0 Lr ) .A.:-J~ 0~j 0lft.o ftj ~, 0Lu~Jl UA ..I.,

Jl

Jlo

[69}

0~jl

..cl~ ~\

~L:J~ 43

~ J3~1 ~ y\.; o~) ~)Ij oJj

o...,.y

~~ lf~L;. 5~

jAj

[71]

~j ~ ..,J..u~

[70J

~y,) ~~ ~-' Oj~ ~j [72J ~ ~~~

').JUa...l

r\ ".,

j.s- j,) ~.J-'

..uYl ~ \.fll\ ~y ~ 44 ~.J~\ o~~ J~' [73] 46 SJ\ J-L-i ,-?i 0liW\ 0W~\ 0..1.! .r ,1., [74] ..:J~I.~ 45 ~I ~ .:r ~, ~.J~ j~ \?., ~\;., ;.;~~ ~\.,-J\ 0\~\ UA 47 ,Jj [75] .A:-J\ oJ) [77J ~~-'~

~j

[78]

38

P adds

0'..?-, c::-

tjeJJ

J o~)\ '-'r)

~-,' ~.;..,

~~\ ~ uyt~ [76]

23

cold and dry, earthy, black bile, and it is feminine, nocturnal, tropical;, in its first part the daylight begins to increase over the night; round, of incomplete figure; [66] possessing two essences and two natures; its first half is earthy, belongs to the land and is dry, and sometimes it indicates riding animals and failure to produce men; its latter half is watery and belongs to the sea; abounding in children, twins of children, indicating birds. IS [67] To it belong earth, ploughing, grass and plants like this, and the insects of the earth; corrupt, beautiful in its way of life, weak in voice, prone to anger, cautious, master of strategem, of many cares, dark, libidinous. [68] To it of the body of man are the two knees. [69] To it of countries are Ethiopia and the Indus, Makran, Sind, Oman and Balfrain as far as Sind and Hind. [70] Aquarius is the house of Saturn. [71] It has three decans: its first decan belongs to Venus, the second to Mercury, the third to the lVloon. [72] Its nature is hot and moist, airy, sanguine, and it is masculine, diurnal, fixed. [73] To it belong tall trees and flowing waters, in human form, having few children, and sometimes it indicates barrenness, weak in voice. [74] To it of the body of man are the two shanks which are below the knees. [75] To it of countries are al-Suwad, Kufa and its region, the rear of al-Bigaz, the land of the Copts in Egypt and the western part of the land of Sind. [76] Pisces is the house of Jupiter, and the exaltation of Venus is in its 27th degree. [77] It has three decans: the first decan belongs to Saturn, the second to Jupiter, the third to Mars. [78] Its nature is cold and

~l:J~ ~~ Jl:J~ ~j J3~\ ~.,Jti O~., ~~

~

~,

39

Pi B

40

Pj B ~,

41

Pi B

42

Our reading; BP ~.?

43

PiB

o~

~

~~~ ~, P om.

44

OUf readingj B

45

Pj B

46

Our reading from Ki B

47

B adds

~\

J-L-'

~1, P om. 18

In K, VI.22, p. 353.8 the second and third decans of Capricorn indicate birds.

24


-,liJ 1 ,\y-l 0~ o-?l

CHAPTER ONE

0:.~ J') ~ ~'~J ~ ~lo ~.J 48 O~-'~ ol)~ ,U\ 0~j t.~\ ~) [79] J~\ J~l.J~~l ~ -?~l ~) ~~ JJ

~~ .J.i> ~ wy ~ ,~~I t~ .-Vjl ~ C~\ J~ 0I..u~.H ~) [81] 0L....\.iJ1 0W~1

('))1 ~ ~J (' j)1

0..\51)1

.:.ro ~J [80J 0y.:J\ ~ Jab. ~ ~-,' ~ J~l ~~-' 0\':""~ /122r/

0.A:

50

~.r ~) 0~f ;

J

49

f' 4lJ~ ~\ .?) ~-'~~~~J o-r..A-\ ~) \~\ JJ 0~

~

52

J~j ~) [83] Lr~~~)

J

(J. ~~

uf

~L; [86] O..b-~ ~

lv: ~.J~

56

Jr:,~j ~~j

J>-

53.

.,..

....

~f)

~.q

~~

y- olti

51

~§ :J ~ ~u..) 55

lltl, v--- .(. ~ .,-?l"~' v:-.)

~

01..

y,

w~ ~ ~~

uL;i? w~-,~ wl±.. ~J

\ 'Il, I .~

.J~.

()A'

:.}iJ . l"~\

'-?

c:?

[82]

[84)

(85] J'p\ 54

\f' jAJ~

< .,{ . V > -. -_ .~.I\ A

.k~j ~-'~ ..\..M

~~

1

"L

.J~.

0AJ .J~~ JU\ ,Uu. u\~ ~~ ~ 'l:-W~ -,.,.:J~ (87] J.:>~ ~~ o~)\ < 1 > ?\ ~~) ?\ .(. o~)\ .JlrJ~ ~~.J~ u~~ W~j; 0~~ ,~~~ [88] 'l:-W' J ~ ~.JUa.J) t.:r1 1 ~~ -,Lr'~ ~.r)

uL±.o

1-.'

L \ w~M.J1. W~\~ ul±.. - J-

\ .\\., 58 \

~.J .J~ •

"f: . .J~

48

Pi B

~-'~

49

Pi B

~ll\

50 OUf

reading; B

51 Pj B

J'>

.A: , P

52

P; B

Jloj

Pi B

ul:l L...o

54

B repeats \of..,AJ~ ~~~ P;B

56p;B

57

? ~

L.._,:

L..~-~) ~

-'..vI"

y

moist, watery, phlegmatic, and it is feminine, nocturnal, bicorporal. In its last part is the equinox,19 and belonging to its last half are trees of moderate height. [79] To it are beasts of prey and creatures of the water and stagnant waters; moderate in libido, having many children, cut in its limbs, without voice, cautious, master of strategem, rash, always delaying. [80] To it of the body of man are the feet. [81] To it of countries are· Tabaristan and the region north of the land of Gurgan; to it is a share in the Byzantine Empire; to it is from the Byzantine Empire to. Syria, and to it is al-Gazlra, Egypt, Alexandria and the sea of Yemen; and God is wisest. [82] This is the summary of the natures of these signs and their indications.. [83] In them the planets have detriment and fall. [84] The opposite of the house of each planet is its detriment, and its fall is in the sign opposite to that of its exaltation, with the same number of degrees as the exaltation. [85] Every three of them agree in one nature. [86] So Aries, Leo and Sagittarius come together and fill; they are trined, fiery, eastern; and their Lords by day are the Sun, then Jupiter, by night are Jupiter, then the Sun, and the participant with them both by day and night is Saturn. [87) Taurus, Virgo and Capricorn possess the giving of wealth and prosperity; they are trined, earthy, southern; and their Lords by day are Venus, then the Moon, by night are the Moon, then Venus, and the participant with them both by day and night is Mars, and Mercury shares with them both in Virgo. [88] Gemini, Libra and Aquarius give and empty; they are trined, airy, western; and their Lords by day are Saturn, then Mercury,

~

53

55

.":JI V .~

~ t - _;to

~)

C."

~~l t.~

57

Pj B

58

B repeats

~ ~.J" w~-",

25

19

Latin adds: 'Its first part is marshy'.


26

0lk.",-J~ [89) l:?~\ ~~

->LrJ4

~?j ~j

J~4 ~4J~ w\;l~ w~Lo wl±.o 0Aj / \ 60

1 ~.J~ ~4-,

61

~->~

fA -

.1>Gj ~ wyJ.~ y~~

U 1 O~)\ ' t~\ ~ (~\ O.u .jAL [90)

~~ ->LrJ4 ~fj O~)\ ..(" t)\

0 lk-rJ\ J3\ .jA ~j

J!

fl

59

CHAPTER ONE

jJJ4-,

j

'~~\?' JJ ~~\ Jj\ ~ ~j t~\ ~j-*A ~ L., [9 I l ~.,AJ\ ~ ~~\ J~ J~ 0~ \~! t~\ ~ ~ ~ L~\ ~yJ~

[92]

0lkyJ~ ,t,~~ ~~., o~}~ JW~\ U.

63

4;; ;,::1

_ILq b .~~ -I\~' t.r-

':'\ u~ 64

J

J~ ->y' J~ M

( jA.

~b

lo.r-o

~~~

~ 0'b Lo -iL...j

JliJ.u ...,

[94) o-;:~I\ ry--

..\-

~~ J..,:J~

L;}. ;jj;.=t\ 0'.) ~\

y~ i.:?~~ ~y.u y..u~ y~ uyt~ ~.J! ~'-'

[95]

~ ~~ ~L.J ~ < lo...,\t>\ > ;ji;,~t \

[93]

0"J~j ?~\ < ~ > J~

->~'-' ~>u ~ t;!j ,~~'b ~~j'?' ~ ~ .~ ~

0 lkrU

y'

\ o1.j

Js-. 62

65

~\

j:J

/122vJ 0'b 0Jj 0 lkrU

~~~ 0~

J~ Lo ~-' [96] lo.A.~Wa:J o~}'-' JW~\

Js-

0"J~

y..u'., J~'bj

wyL~ y'b c!l1J\ J 0~~ 0 Lu.n loAj Uk:l\ ;; 0\.llJ\ 0~~\1 loAj ~~\ ~ ;i2i" 66 ~-' [97] ~,) ~ Lo }L.., '~~,~ ~~

68

wyL~ V.,.aJ~ ~) y..u~ ~~'b --">~ ~~

0li~

by night Mercury, then Saturn, and the participant with them both by day and night is Jupiter. [89] Cancer, Scorpio and Pisces pour forth and take; they are trined, watery, northern; and their Lords by day are Venus, then Mars, by night are Mars, then Venus, and the participant with them both by day and night is the Moon. [90] Six of these signs are direct in rising: these are from the beginning of Cancer to the end of Sagittarius. [91] Six of them are crooked in rising: these are from the beginning of Capricorn to the end of Gemini. [92] The crooked in rising obey the direct in rising, since the length of daylight of one of the two is equal to the length of night of the other. Two indicate agreement and friendship, for example, Gemini and Cancer, Taurus and Leo, and the others like these. 2o [93] Those agreeing in the length of daylight are said to be powerful agreeing in power. [94] It may be said of the signs that are direct and crooked in rising that one of them obeys another in the other way; for example, that Gemini obeys Leo, Taurus Cancer, Virgo Capricorn, Pisces Scorpio, Aquarius Sagittarius, and Capricorn Scorpio. 21 [95] As for Aries obeying Libra, and Capricorn, Cancer, even if one of the two obeys its companion, neither pair of them indicates agreement and friendship because of their being in opposition to each other. [96] Of them (as may be said of each pair of them) there are those 'agreeing in the zodiac-belt', namely, the pairs which are equal in their rising times, such as Aries and Pisces, Taurus and Aquarius, Capricorn and Gemini and the others which follow this. [97] Of them there are those 'agreeing in the path', namely the pairs of signs which belong to one planet, such as Capricorn and Aquarius to Saturn, and Sagittarius and Pisces to Jupiter.

~~

59

Pi B

60

B adds j

61

P;B

C~\

J-'

62

P

63

P; B

64

B adds .J~

65

P; B

~\

66

P; B

lo.r-o

67p;B 68

67

27

P; B

JW

0~~

u~

The Latin gives the full list of signs agreeing in this way. It is difficult to see the rationale of this arrangement. One would expect IGemini obeys Leo, Taurus Virgo, Pisces Scorpio and Aquarius Sagittarius.' However, the same pairs appear in K, p. 338 where we find also the reciprocal arrangement; 'Ge. obeys Le., Le. obeys Ge., Ta. Can., Can. Ta., Cap. Vi., Vi. Cap., Sc. Pi., Pi. Sc., Sa. ~q., Aq. Sa., Cap.Sc., Sc. Cap.' 20

21


28

CHAPTER ONE

JJ ~UaJt ~ i.:?.:ul ~)~ [99] rW \ ~-1~ ~., :Y J ~\ ~., [98) . JJ ;L..-'t ~-' < ~-1~ > ~ l:?.:ut ~)~ [100] ~ 5~ ~f J;\..,-J\ Jca-., JJ 70 y.)wt VA ,:?lJ\ L!)~ [101) < ~~ > 69 ~y ~~ Y-1 W1 ~-1~ Cl.kJ\ < ~J~ > Jl L!~t ~ l:?~t c;J'-' [102] ~ 5~ ~~ L:~I ~J~ ~ ~\ ~ ~J ~t J"; U < J~ >

72 U-'

Iflll -....o......;J1, [1~5J ~i

74

? ~t -....o......;J~ ~l.P ~ J~

0:r:!i 75

-U-' [103J

71

~~ d y J~

.:>~.;J.\ .:>l.;)\ ~~ [104J

~\:J' ~\ -r>1

JJ

~lk)\

JJ

73

Or!i

,t..-lt

~.

.k....,.,

u-o

~L.

CJA \ 78

.,..u.

~ Lc-i ?

~~

77

~ ~-1~'

76

t~-1~\O.u-,

[106]

..vy\ ~ J~ ~)I J.;' 79 ~ i.:?.:ut ~\.; [107] ~ ~ .k>~ ~ J~ ..vy\ .:.ro 80 ~~\ ,J J~ ~ ~\:JI ~~ ..vy\ ~ L, J~ ~ l:?~1 ~~

Js- ~~~ ~-' ~ t..t' ~ f~ 81 lr.o ~ :Y r-., [108] j~ ~-' clUJ\ J~-, Jpl jj\ VA .Jj\ ~ i.:?.:ut ~ Jj~' ~\.; (109) ~W'-' JU\ ~ J~ ~\:J~ [110] ,'~I :Y u~~ ~-' o~'-' 0\~~' Js ~J ~~ ~~\

82

Pj B

~y

70

P; B

y.)\.lH

71

Pj B

~,~

72

Pj B

L,

69

73 OUf

reading; B

Pi B u:.~' Our readingj BP om.

76

Pj B

77

p. B

78

Pj B

~~

,

[98] The circle is divided at every moment into four divisions. [99] The quadrant which is from the ascendant to midheaven is eastern, masculine, advancing. [100] The quadrant which is from the degree of midheaven to the degree of the descendant is southern, feminine, retreating; [101J The quadrant which is from the descendant to the degree of the fourth is western, masculine, advancing. [102J The quadrant which is from the fourth to the degree of the ascendant is northern, feminine, retreating. [103] That part of the circle which is above the earth may be called its right, and what is under the earth, its left. [104]22 The two feminine quadrants are called left also. [105] The half which is from midheaven through the ascendant to the end of the third place is called ascending, and the other half is called descending. [106} These four quadrants are divided ·into 12 divisions according to the number of the signs. Each division is called a place. [107] The place which is at the beginning of the quadrant is called the 'cardine'; the place which follows it is called the 'succedent to the cardine'; and the third place from it is called the one 'falling from the cardine'. [108] Each place is called by a name proper to it, and has an indication of things which'are ascribed to it. [109] The first place is that whose beginning rises over the eastern horizon and is called the ascendant: it indicates bodies, life 23 and the conditions of every commencement. [110] The second is called the place of wealth and livelihood. [111] The third

o~, P -1~

75

74

29

t.~~\ ~

f"

79

Pi B

J:

80

P; B

~,~, ~

81

P; B

~

82

B adds ~

Jj ':l\ in margin.

22 Latin adds: 'according to some, the two higher parts are called masculine, right and advancing'. 23 Latin adds: 'of the man'.

30


-Jl:>~~ 0:.AJ~ UjJ~

83

.J~~~ ,~y~~ U'.,.>~~ O~~\ ~ ~l:J~

.;z> J~ fi Y, j~~ w~li..J~ .~'JI ~ Ci!)~ ~~ ~)l ~ U"'.)W~ [114] ~,..u.~

~ (rO~"

[lIB}

84

[119]

?

0 lkLJ \

~

r

W " [118]

[111]

)A...~~ J-)~,

~)~ ..llYl ~ ~~~ (113)

.)\~~" u~" t.-,fl" ,~, ~ ~W"

o.)~~ 0:...0" J~" ~l ~ L'l:J"

W)~

[112J

CHAPTER ONE

[117]

[115]

~.J!.,1~ u..,l" J~'

~j)L; -J~~" J-)" ~" u.-.w~

U~~" JLr~" < u~~~ > u."...J" 51)" ~" /123r/ ~l:J" [120} 0~~" ~~" .J. 1-, o.)~" 86 ,~)I ~ ? ,:?.)~" 85

y"..u" ~"F" ~" ""-:L" r~" 0~" ,li.:J" ,\..u.~1 ~ 87

89

c...A

88 ')-Jlk..;

~ ~" U"'.)Wl ~

83

p., B -J"fo"l:" L_ ~l

84

Our reading; B

85

p

J c..J ~, VA y5'§ ~-' [121J tj" ~l:J-l J ~)" ~\:}1 ~ ~~ c!~l ~ ? ~l:H J ~j-,? ,:?.)l:ll J ':?~" L'l:J\

u.,J\

O-AA

~

31

is the place of brothers; sisters, relatives, in-laws, jurisprudence, religion, rumours, messengers and journeys. [112] The fourth is the place of fathers, landed property, treasures, and every matter which is hedged around and covered over. [113] The fifth is the place of children, messengers and guidance. [114] The sixth is the place of illness and slaves. 24 (115) The seventh is the place of women, marriage, controversies and oppositions. [116] The eighth is the place of fear, death and inheritances. [117] The ninth is t1).e place of the journey, paths, religion, religious observance, philosophy, books, messengers, rumours and visions. [118) The tenth is the place of authority, promotion, the king, renown, fame, skills, actions and mothers. 25 [119] The eleventh is the place of hope, good fortune, praise, appreciation and helpers. (120] The twelfth is the place of enemies, misfortune, sadness, griefs, envy, slander, cunning, strategenl and riding animals. [121] Each one of the seven planets rejoices in one of these places: Mercury rejoices in the ascendant, the Moon in the third, Venus in the fifth, Mars in the sixth, the Sun in the ninth, Jupiter in the eleventh, and Saturn in the twelfth.

J-~ , P om.

u~~y'

86

P; B

J~v'

87

p., B

.AJ.' ...

88

Pj B

.)-J~

89

Pj B

t..-P

Latin adds: 'and his animals'. P gives 'and governorships'; the 'governor' ('walin') is mentioned in K, VI.26, p.356.22. 24

25

32


0'"

tr~I...J Itolr.-i).u.-, tr'~

:J JI... ..J [3J ~~

.Jy\

~

J

2

.;, ~I...

..,..51~1 1 .;,~I...

.)

~\

Cj~' ~

Wl;j

j' ~ ~.J~ ~

0'"J

J

,~~

.) <

CijAPTER TWO

.)~1 J.-.4l' >

j'

~\

r-'

y fl .si 0~ 01 ";\j J

.) y5'

[1]

[2]

~ ~~

< 0j~ > .~ I../'L ~) ~ 0r"'~J Y') ~~ ~.) .J)~ l,)~ [5J ~~ ~~ .J~' J~ ~ j;!.,- ~ Js- ~ 0~ \,)~ [4J OJ"";!

~~ 0-,~ ~~\ ~ ~r' \,)1 ~j ~.A.J' j' ~\1j ~~ ~r' \,)1j ~ ~li ~ dJ.)

J

~ ~li ':Jj ~.A.J\

j'

Ua-)

j.&- ~.Laj ~l% 0J Y'j

J yu\ ~I ~ .,.; ~ ~ \,)1 ~l(4

1.)1)

(-' ~-% (

0§.; Jol ..,..51~'

~)~, ~

J

~ ~

pi l..A~i J.. 0~ l~~

<)

')JUa.<. J ;;......j'

0r' 1,)1j ~ ~b .,.; ~

j;i

2

P; B

',)Jj

01

~j

[7}

~ clJ,) ~ 01,y'-, ~ Wl;

> ~I j t~~ 0~ 0J ~j [8] \.)1) ..Ira-.,H t.~ l.JA

\.;~

[9]

~

<...;\;

lo.A~ J.....,-,

J

pi ~ ~r

~ ~ j:;i 6

';'JL.

-"'"' ~I ~

~

7

(1] The second chapter, on the conditions of the planets in themselves, the size of their bodies and their conditions from the Sun.

[2] Know that the planets have different conditions in themselves and from the Sun. [3] One of the conditions of each one of them in themselves is ~ascending in the orb of the apogee, and decreasing in light, size and motion'. This is if between it and the head of its apogee there are less than 90 degrees on the right or the left. [4] If it is at ninety of it precisely, it is balanced in light, size and motion·. [5] If it is exceeding this, it is descending and increasing in all these elements. [6] Another of these is 'increasing in number', which is if its final anomaly26 is less than 180 degrees. If it is more than this, then it is decreasing in it. If it is 180 degrees or 360 degrees precisely, then it is neither increasing in number nor decreasing in it. [7] Another of these is 'increasing in calculation', which is if its equation27 is added to its mean; or 'decreasing in it', which is if it is subtracted from it. If it is neither added to nor subtracted from it, then it is on the oblique orb in the path of the Sun. [8] Another of these is 'increasing in velocity'. The five planets are like this when their velocity is more than their mean motion. If they move the same as , they are in their mean velocity, and if they move less than it, then they are decreasing in it. [9] As for Venus and Mercury, if the velocity of either of them is greater than the velocity28 of the Sun, then it is increasing in velocity; if it is less than it, it is decreasing in it; and if the velocity of both of them is like the Sun's velocity, then they are in their mean velocity.

UA

t.~ j:o loA~

w'SU.l


3

Pj B

0l..d.l

4

p. B

. C'. ...r-:.

5

P; B U.JL-

6

Pj B

7

Our reading; B

8

P; B

,

J ,~~ 0~

0r' \,)1.., ~, ~ .~t, 8

1

~.J~ ~) ~\1~

j;!.,-

~\~/

u.J\-

5

UA

~t, ':J ~

yLd.'

3

J

~ ~ ,~~ ~lA 0r' \~t, 0~ 01 lroj [6J ~ ~r' \,)J) ~.J~ ~\}j

Ua.;\.; P I

~li

u-'~

lo.A~

to..~, P

33

~ 26 27

28

Latin: 'argumentum'. Latin: 'examinatio'. Latin gives: 'mean motion'.

34


,.;~ ~.; ~

cJJ ~j~ ~L j~M

0'

01

~-'

l;)l....;

CHAPTER TWO

0~ 0! ~J

~W, ~ ~

[10]

,

rb lo ~~ ~ ~~

~ L) .oJ ... .::u:.. "'"Lw C.J~ ~.As- 0";; "'.r.- .) tr- .I<> I., j(J) [11] ~-' 10 4-0 lot ~.J~ 9 ~. ~ ~\ \ f : o~ [12] ~ /123v/ ~\.oi u~.J~ ~ L.,;-o ~~ y ~~~ ~j \ -r: 0';;-' 11 ~ 09)

~ ~-'

14

u\.ol U~.J~

0\}

V' r

j':

4-loi .:;,~.J~ c: l..ro .1<>1., 15 Ut ~J j.>..J.\ yL:r ~ li5.; ..u.; ,w.:....,~l J-'- ~\ 17

~ ltJ:..)

13

16

0';;-' ~

12

~-'

Y ~.JtJ...&.) 0...,.)1 r.r.WA t.4b. \;l; [13] ~

>lr!- l.:.,A

18

fJ.;

~~ ,) JJ ~\ ~).... ..;..i) vi t3!' y~!, J>j ~i [14] ~~ [15] ~ 0...... 1,;.. ~ lr.J~ .:,i JJ U.~I ':;'j~ I~b tr- <::"'1,;... ~ ~ tAli.Jli.o Yl ~Y'"! 0\ JJ Jpt ~li JJ ~\ l;.Jl; ,.;~ '~.J~j o~j\ . 1 L;:,o U'f..

~ li~ La., U.,

~>

<

M

20

f~ Y. ~~

9

Pj B

P

10

P; B

"-0\.0\

11

Pj B

~

12p;B

J'~ U. L" ..p 0'

l.A~ t.4

19

_ ..: ~ \oOof-J'.J

I

...w. . V-OJ \'''.' ~ U l:ol:.o ..

JJ U w.Jl4.. ~-' ~ / ' ~b [16] ~

35

[10] Another of these is 'northern', which is if it goes beyond the Head of the Dragon until it reaches its Tail. And when it passes the Tail it is southern as long as it is in this direction. [11) Each one of them in its body has power over a certain number of degrees before and after it. [12] The power of the body of the Sun is 15 degrees infront of it, and the same number behind it. 29 The power of the body of Saturn and Jupiter, both of them, is nine degrees infront and behind them both. The power of the body of Mars is eight degrees infront and behind it. The power of the body of Venus and Mercury, both of them, is seven degrees infront and behind them both.

[13J As for their condition from the Sun according to close examination we have discussed in the Book of the Introduction. Nevertheless we will mention here a summary of them. [14] As for Saturn, Jupiter and Mars, from the time of their departure from the Sun to their opposition to it, they are to the right of it. When they pass the opposition to it until they are in conjunction with it, they are to the left of it. [15] As for Venus and Mercury, when they are leaving the Sun in the eastern region, until they return to it, being in conjunction with it, they are both to the right 30 of it. But after the departure of both of them from the Sun, when they are both approaching the position of being in conjunction with it, they are both to the left 31 of it. [16] As for the Moon, from the time of its departure from it until it is in opposition to it, it is to the left of it; and when it passes

passim

~

13


lo.,..oloi" Porn.

14

Our reading from Kj B

~,P om.

15

Our reading from L; BK

16


It-olo\, P om.

17


~, Porn.

18

Our readingj B

19

P; B Lri.J lAA

20

p., B

\ - L.:..o "'r'fM

~,p om.

51J.., Porn: 29 K, VIII.3, p. 378.21-22, and the Latin translation add: 'The Moon: 12 degrees before it and the same number behind'. 30 Latin (wrongly): 'left'. 31 Latin (wrongly): 'right'.

1

36


~ .. ..

21

. -~-: u..Y""'

~ (,rOL;.o ..,.. ~-'~

. \ I.

1",1 u'J~ u'l}

~ o;'~ ,,1 l4 ~li:.o

0' JJ \!~, j~J ,~~

lA .':'lj ~~, t:;l; [17]' u" ~.. y.Lq -'

I '.

u~ \f-'.j

CHAPTER TWO

"'r""'

~ ~, ~-' ~ 0~ \~J >-J ~~~ ~j ~-' ~ 0~ 01 ~l:J~ [18] ~ ~~, .Jl- J~ ~1Sj ~l:.l~ 1)\~

J?\ J

~\I\

.:.r~

[19J

UJ.)

22

t.:rl' ~-'

~-'.) ~ 0 tJ

I ' . ~ ... ~ ~ J-A

Op

b')'

j

Uy--J ~-' .. y - '

.-J

~li \)1 ~.)LJ~ [20] l4~\ ~ ~r"

Js-

[21] ~ Y/-A ~-'.) ~

~ <

')J

> ~-'.) ~ ~ . _<'.23 u" ., ~ U~

~.I_I\ ~~l'

.. I·.

~L;1.~ ~-'-' t.y:':')J ~li'

~ ~~ \.;j ~W~ ~l4=-~ ~li':->U

~ ~b l.!ll) 0-,.) Li ~-'.) ~ ~ ~, ~-' ~ ~l(

' ;1

wtJ~ ~w

~ li~ 0J 4J.;' lolii

u

':J~ 0 11 ~

I~! ~~~ 0~~ t....) ..:,,~J~

24

U 0~ .)-'~ j o~j'

c: J?' ..) tr--

c::-

t:;b

[22]

I.u.~ I~! ~~~

[23]

0~ loAj u~.J') ~-' ~ 0l( \.;J ~~~ (24] Lo~~ ~li:...,>U \..u.'-:J \)J ~-'W~ [25] y~\ 0L~~ ~j 26 ~ \.;1 t-..o~~ 25 0~ (26) 4 J ) /124r/

YJ

t~)l lolii I~! ~Wl, 0~jU t....) u~J~

YJ 04~ \.;\" ~l:.l1 . -~ .. \ .." [28J ~ .... u~ U"

~-' u~ -'.)

1.1"" 'i-'j

c: tr--

c: ~j ~ -,LP ')J wl:l~

w':J~ u'l}

1· • ~

.J U" ':'lj ~, f'

t:;i.,

.r'

[27]

0~-, < ~-'.) ~ Js- ~ 0r" \.;1 ~tJ~ > ~-'.) p ~ ~~ 27 Op .r~ U:W\ 0-,-' 0l( \.;1 ~U~ [29] ,~~ ~~, ~ y~ ~

21

Our reading; BP 0~

22

Our reading; B

23

Pi B

24

P; B

J'l4

25

P; B

0!rl

26p;B 27

~.)

P

~

OUf reading; BP

~ .At., ~~.

37

its opposition to it until it is in conjunction with it, it is to the right of it. {17] The three superior have eight conditions from . The first of these is when they ar~ in the heart. This is when between theln and the Sun there are 16 minutes befo~e or after it. In this way also is the condition of the other planets from the Sun. [18] The second is when there is between it and Saturn and Jupiter 15 degrees, and between it and Mars 18 degrees, in the East. 32 The third is when there is between the three superior planets and it 90 degrees, and they are east of it. [19] The fourth is when they are stationary for retrogradation and they retrograde. The fifth is when they are in opposition to it. [20] The sixth is when they are stationary for their direct motion 33 and begin their direct motion. The seventh is when they are ninety degrees to the West of it. [21] The eighth is when between them and the Sun there are 15 degrees; when it is less than this, they enter under its rays.

[22] As for Venus and Mercury, there are eight conditions of them from it. The first of them is when they are in the heart. [23] The second is when they are distant from it to the East 34 by seven degrees while they are retrograde. The third is when they are stationary for their direct motion and they begin their direct motion. 35 [24] The fourth is when between them both and between it are seven degrees while they are in their direct motion to the left of it. The fifth is when they are .close together 36 while they are bound for the West. 37 [25] The sixth is when they are distant from it by seven degrees while they are in the West. 38 The seventh is when they are stationary for retrogradation 39 and they retrograde. [26] The eighth is when there are between them both and it seven degrees while they are retrograding towards it. [27] As for the Moon, there' are eight conditions of it from it. The first is when it is in the heart. [28] The second is when it is distant from it by 12 degrees. The third is when it is 90 degrees from it and it is in its body half-lit, increasing. [29] The fourth is when it is 12 degrees

~, P

~-'.)

P

~

32 In this paragraph and the next (up to 26) the Latin translation consistently avoids using the terms 'East/eastern' and 'West/western'. 33 Latin: 'in the second station'. 34 I.e., oriental. 35 Latin (wrongly): 'when in the first station they now enter their retrograde course'. 36 K VII.2, p. 376.3, gives here the adjective fOf lin the heart' C!?amTmT') which is used elsewhere (2.17,22,27), but a verbal form would seem to be better here. 37 I.e., about to be occidental. 38 I.e., occidental. 39 Latin gives (wrongly): 'in the second station they make their course direct'.

CHAPTER TWO


38

~Y-:-I j~ \.;J ~.)U~ [30] JY-:-~' ~ [31] ~\.i ~-' ~.J.) 0~ ~-' ~

~\,) ~w ~>

J ~-' <

~.J.)

29

0r'

bJ

J

0r' \.;1 L-A~~ ~.J.)

~LJ~ ~.J.)

Or ~\ ~-'

28

Or ~~

~ 0r' I.;! ~l:.J~ >

Yl

8 2

Our reading; B

29 OUf

reading; P

,. ... ,., .rs~ \.!

r

~,

P I

.rs10

.101

~ \.!

39

short of opposition. The fifth is when it is in the precise point of opposition. (30] The sixth is when it has passed opposition to it by 12 degrees. The seventh is when there are 90 degrees between it and the Sun and it is decreasing. [31] The eighth is when there are 12 degrees between the Sun and it, and it is on the border of its rays, going towards it.

40


1

0jPj ~ ~j yS1~\ u'll> ~ < ~~l j....UJ1 > [1]

.J~:>~~ J~~~~' .Jy.J\

j.Jj

CHAPTER THREE

4:lj yS1..,>:u

~\

2

0j.r.-J~ ~, u~l:11 ~l [2]

d~ j.Gj~ ~y~ ~\ ~~j J~'l~ JW'l~.JtLJ~ ~.JW~

0~~~ S)~ ~~1 ~.») ~\ ~.») 0}iJi ~.)j ~,

J~~

3

e:»

tl~

o~~~ ~~ .J~\ c:Lai j u~~ ~l#'l~

~-J~l ~ ~~j ~-J~\ J~ .J\iJ~ flH ~y
(3)

(..t. .)

~~ ~~.. ,Jlf :s: ~'t~,~ U'"'"., (J'. ~ L'J

~ ..

lo j\

.)lij~I j.. ~~l 0~

0!

J~~~

.

~

[4)

~!)' u~l ~ ~y
~ 0\( I.~l Lo.rJ'l:> ~.,.;~ ~~ CJ. J 0~y
1

J

~ 0~ lfll~ [7]

< ~ >

j

5

~

W~; ~ lo.ri.J lu ~

..~

~

J' lo.tolo\

0\(

I';~

.

[6]

4

1I ~.J.) Op ~

[8] 'pl

0~ ..w 0~ LS~l

Lr).)

y \~ ~ -JI~ .?~\ J~ ')/ ,J~ ~ (-J:> ~ -b~ Y ~) to..~J'. u.l:>\ .;1)

~ 0~~ lo iJ'l~ ~\ ~ j;lji ~ ~~

[9]

0l;~ U

c:!)~ ~tl'

cA ' ~)

~y....

t:'y Jl

0~

\11

yS1~' JiU)

[10]

~l:J1 (~I J! o)Ajj [llJ p ~.)\.:l.~ .rW~ Ll:J~ CW~ ~t:l~ UJ~J fW~ C!)l (~, J1j O;YJ ~..l-i ~ P ~.)l:L~ OJ\~j ~\.i.o)aj ~ CUI JJ., W~-, ~ ~ ~l:J~ ~~t Jjj J1J ~ ~ ~ P /124v/ '-f:>l:ll, fWl, L"l:Jl C~, J! ~J [12]

c:-/ >

>

>

0.J~ lr ~ ~~~ ~U~ ~l:Jt

Ip; B

41

[1] The third chapter, on the conditions of the planets, which are twentyfive . [2J The twenty-five conditions which belong to the planets are: domain, advance, retreat, conjunction, aspect, application, separation, void of course, wild, translation, collection, reflecting the light, prohibition, pushing nature, pushing pow~r, pushing two natures, pushing management, returning, refranation, resistance, evasion, cutting the light, favour, recompense and reception. 4o [3] 'Domain' is if a m~sculine planet is by day above the earth and by night under the earth in a masculine sign, and if a feminine planet by day is under the earth and by night is above the earth in a feminine sign, except for Mars, which is the opposite to this. [4] 'Advance' is i(a planet is in the cardines or succedents. [5] 'Retreat' is if a planet is in the cadent places. [6] 'Conjunction' is if two planets are in one sign. Their indications are more powerful if there is between them both 15 degrees or less in front or behind them both. 41 [7] The action of the planet which is stronger in itself is more evident. [8] If at the time of their conjunction, between one and the otl).er of them there is a space equivalent to half the body of each one of them or less, then it is more certain in the indication of whatever they both indicate. 42 (9] But if their zodiacal signs are different, even if there are few degrees between them both, then they are not said to be 'in conjunction'. (10) 'Aspect' of the planets is only to certain places: these are the third, fourth, fifth, seventh, ninth, tenth and eleventh signs. [11] Its aspect to the third and eleventh signs from it is the aspect of sextile and of friendship. To the fourth and tenth sign is the aspect of quartile and of antagonism. To the fifth and ninth from it is the aspect of trine and of compatibility. To the seventh fronl it is the aspect of opposition and of enmity. [12] It aspects the ninth, tenth and eleventh sign from it to its right, and the third, fourth and fifth from it to its left.

0:..r.-J~ ~\

2

Our reading; B

3

P; B

uli~'

4

Pi B

It

5

Our reading; BP

\f...r.-J',

~

P om.

j\ 4-o1o\

40 Note that K, VI.5, speaks of 'twenty-one' states, and omits domain, advance, retreat and conjunction. 41 Latin adds: 'The less, the better'. 42 Cf. K, VII.5, p. 391.7-8: 'And the mixture of their natures is most powerful when they are both in one term ('1).add'), and the distance is not than the quantity of half the body of the lesser in degrees'.

42


~~, JW,? ~~ J~' JW\ ~..\t>' ~Y

[14]

< ~~I

JJ ~ ~l

~..J') 0),)

¥' ~

J')

~ ~ -J .J~ \:,~ ~

t;;b

JW\

[15J

> ~\

JW'J\ JJ ~\.) ..ill

,y. JW'J~

[13J

~..,.,
6

,b Li ~ J }>li )\ -J

w. ....;~\

CHAPTER THREE

OjJ~

\jJli.o

jA

\.)).,

0r' \~J ~ ~ i jA ~.:u\ -J 0.JW\ ~I

yJ ->ljl )i

< ~ > JW\

?

..ill O-ul

~~ 0li~j..\t>~ (.J. ~ 0~~\ 0~ 0J~ ~JliA UA 0r' 0~ ~~\ 0'(( 0)., [16]

~L.. w...l<>1

?~~ ~~

JL.-; l..tt~~

7

~ <

J ~lA ?~~ J~\ J

~ o.u .)J

[18J

8

,)b

J

\~~ lo.A~; 0~ j\ ~lA J~

\~L, ~-b-' 0~ 0~ u!>tll JL,

J~' .) ~L. .... 'JI, y~1

~~I 0~1 w~J~ ~ w,f

> ~I, J"....-JI, J~\ .) (J-ul

~L, J~'~ ~~i 0~ 0J ~ ~~ VA

0r' 0Jj [17] ~ ~lA ?~~ y~1

y~l

J

lo w f

l.)~ [20] '! ~I ill l#f

w...l<>1 0~ JI

.) l..u.L..

~\ u~.J,)

&

LPf LJ.ii 0r' \.)! l..5~\ I.)~ [19] ~-"""~ ~ ~ ~

~~~ ~ J~\ ~ ~~ ~f

~~ ji ~..Jw.~ ~§ JLa3\ ~ ~§JI J ~ 0)~' ~../. ~

0~

Lo

fis1-, ~, ~§ ~J ~

10

()A

,b

9

Js'

,)b;.., [21]

lo ~~ ~ 'Jj

~ ~..,.,
[22]

~~:,

[13] 'Application' is of two species. One of them is application in longitude, the other is application in latitude. [14] Application in longitude occurs only if a planet which is light in movement goes towards a planet which is slower than it, when it is in conjunction with or aspecting it. As long as the degrees of the light planet are less than the degrees of the heavy planet which is in conjunction with or aspecting it, then it is 'going into applicatio>n with it'. When it has the same number of degrees, then its application with it is finished. When it has passed it, then it is separating fronl it. [15J If application in latitude is from conjunction, then it is when the two planets are in one sign and they are equal in degrees, in longitude and in latitude and are in the same direction, and one of the two eclipses the other. [16] If it is from opposition, then it is when one of the two is in opposition to the other and one is northern, ascending 43 and the other is northern, descending;44 or one of the two is ascending in the South and the other is descending in the South. [17} If it is from the other aspects, then it is when one of the two is ascending in the North and the other is descending in the South, or one of the two is ascending in the South and the other is descending in the North. 45 [18] In all these when the one which has less latitude reaches the degrees of its maximum latitude does not reach the degrees of the other planet, it is applying to it in latitude. 46 [19] If it is equal in latitude, then it has applied to it. [20] If its latitude has increased over the latitude of the other, then it has separated from it in latitude. [21] It is 'void of course' if a planet separates from application with a planet in conjunction or aspect, and does not apply to a planet as long as it is in· its sign. [22J It is 'wild' if it is a planet which no planet aspects at all;47 and this happens most frequently to the Moon. I.e., increasing in latitude. I.e., decreasing in latitude. 45 Cf. K, VII.5, pp. 393.2{}-394.1: 'The third kind of application in latitude is if the two planets aspect each other from the six directions, i.e., the two sextiles, the two quartiles and the two trines, and one of the two planets is ascending in the North and the other descending in the South, or one of the two is ascending in the South and the other is descending in the North'. 46 Cf. Latin: 'This application happens when the planet which is further from the path of the Sun applies its movement to· the one. which is closer'; cf.K, VII.5, p. 394.1-4 (continuation of quotation in previous note): 'And in these three kinds, it aspects the lesser of the two in degrees of latitude when it is aiming for the maximum of its latitude, does not overtake the degrees of latitude of the other planet which is greater in latitude than it, than which this is heavier, and this is applying to it in latitude'. 47 Band K give 'if the planet is in a zodiacal sign but no ... '. This statement seems superfluous since every planet is always in a zodiacal sign. 43

44

6p;B ~~ 7p;B ~ 8

P; B

Hpj

10

B

P; BK

,)b.J' J~

)l; C.J. ~

43

44


~~ 1....".~

11

~\ J'r("q . Ur. . \ L...~i U~ . L_ j .. • ~ J ~

~ J'r<' \. . . :': .. \ '\:J\~ [24) .. ..Y u--:- u. J

Ifill

J'

~\ ~ ...

l:".a If'-::'

r."

. 'J\ .?

J\'-

CHAPTER THREE

l:'~" [23J U-~

L,......\:>\ ~ v-::'.? l:;~ii . '[,

L..q clJ~ J>'., .......5'r("· . ~ ~~

l

=. w

u--:-j

~i J.(". ' . Y'"! l ....=. ~~

III

.

.k;.~j lAJy ~ ~

j'

1.-==, ~j

0V§ ~~I y5'~~ ~ 0j c!~

•~ . u. ..

III

Jl

13

j

i

L,...JY

Jr<' . Y

12

JI u~ '\ 1:.'. r.

~l~J ~ ~ J~\ ~Jj

L --r-~i

'1\'- U'f .\ I:.~..

'1j

U. ~..

~

[25] 'Collection' is if two or more planets apply to one planet: 49 then

[26]

L ~

J~ ~\

3~ ~, C'~ ~ J1 ~ ~'j' ~l J.Yd' y5'~ \ ~

0~~ ~ ~l:L1 ~L:,-, c!lWl ~~ 0~

01 ~\;JI

~~ [27J ~~I~';

Ie. lo.A~; . ~ /125r/ ..w Jr<' L ' . l:'~ . \.; ~ . , ...r-.'J\ 0.JY '-J • Y ~ ...,- u'.. ~ u'l;~(". ~ j ~ ~§ ~>C 0~ 0J ~j ~.Jli.o ~. l..~i ~ j Js- 2~ [28J j;~1 c::- ..u Lr- ..Io.-j~l.i ~-I~ l.o.~ ~I 0~, (-I.vl ~ -""'I, (-.I.

0~ 0J

2 1 UA

~~, ~y~

[29J

Oj~.. 0\

JJ

~~ JW'11

4f

~.J;)

~~ ~ -?' y5'"sj ~~ ~ ~, 0~j ...\:>~ CJ. ~ 0l:5'§ ~5'" 1.;J ~WI ~ ~-' .>WI ~J. ~ llAA ljlJL; .J4.J~ ~,

c-

~ JW~\

JJ yy;~

u~.J;) ~~ I~l ~\; \~~ ~ ~~--';)

lj.:ul

.>WJ JW~L; ~ j; ~ ~ lflll C~\ YJ. ~J

16

y5'~ \ ~ 0J ~1

14

y5'~ I ~ e~ ~ j

c:o~, u~.J;)

c!;)j

j; . . "i" j; o~ J j' 0

[23] 'Thanslation' is of two kinds. One of them is if a light planet (A) separates from a slow planet (B)48 and applies to another (C); then the nature of one (B) of the two is transferred to the other (C). [24J The second is if a light planet (A) applies to a planet (B) slower than it, and that slow planet applies to another planet (C); then the nature of the light planet (A) is transferred to that (C) to which it applies,

[25J

~t:-k

0l:5'~\ j; y5'~1 0~ 0J

[30] 15

45

Uf

it collects their light and receives their natures. [26] 'Reflecting the light' is of two kinds. One of them is if the planet or the two planets from which signification is sought, do not apply to or aspect 50 but they aspect a planet or apply to it, and the planet which is aspected or applied to, aspects a place on the circle: then it reflects the light of both of them onto that place. [27] The second way is if the Lord of the ascendant and the Lord of the request do not aspect or are separating : then, if a planet has moved between them both, it has reflected the light of one of the two onto the other. [28] 'Prohibition' is in two ways. One of them is from conjunction. This is when three planets are in one sign, but in different degrees, and the heavy planet (A) has the most degrees: then the middle planet (B) has prevented the fewest degrees (C) from application with the heavy planet (A), until it (B) passes it (A).51 [29] The second way of prohibition is if two planets are in one sign and the light one (A) . is applying to the heavy one (B), and another planet (C) is applying to that heavy one (B) in aspect: then the one (A) which is with it (B) in its sign prevents the aspecting planet (C) and destroys its application, if both (A+C) their degrees are the same. But when the degrees of that which aspects (C) are closer to the application than the degrees of the encountering (A), there is application for the aspecting planet (C). 52

[30] 'Pushing nature' is if the planet (A) applies to the Lord (B) of the sign in which it (A) is, or in its (B's) exaltation or in its (B's) term, 11

P here and elsewhere

12 OUf

reading; B

~I

L,...~' ~

13

P; B

~

14

P; B

y51y
15

PUr ~ LJA instead

16


l

P

L,......\:>\ ~ j

P substitutes the term 'heavy planet' for 'slow planet' here and elsewhere. Latin adds: 'situated in its place'. 50 Cf. Latin: 'when two stars relevant to our theme do not apply to each other'. 51 K, VII.5, p. 399.4-7, continues with an example: 'And this is like Saturn when it is in 20 Aries, and Mercury is in it in 15 degrees and Venus is in it in 10 degrees, and Mercury has prevented Venus from application to Saturn until it passes it. Then there is application after that for Venus with Saturn'. 52K, VII.5, p. 399.12-13, continues: 'because it (C) applies to it (B) before the encountering planet (A)'. 48

49

u...r J y51..,.,.>J\, P

om.

46


l.}l.. .,i ojf J .,i ~ ~

CJ.

'-A.i

~

J ..,..5'~I 0~ 0J

CHAPTER THREE

..,..5'~I .:>~ .:» iijAl\ e~" [311 wI~ ~ 0...~• . ..w f ., ......s'r"· L ..:. . ~ u--:j

J

17

.

18

e. .

~L~J ~ ~ ~\

e:Jj

\j ("'"~ '-/.

[32]

~~~ ~I I~J ~)~ ~~-' ~i V~ ~ ~ .?~ ~, 19 V~ 0~ ~ w" < ~~LrJ~ > ~~liJl ..,..5'~' ~ 0J ~l:J' ~~ [33J uyll .jA

J=1J\ 0~ ~ t..., ~~ ~~ .J~l

.:>~ ~ ~i .:.ro .jA

< ..,..5'~~ >

..,..5'~'

20

~~ 0~ 0Jj tC>lA ~~ J~ j\ wl,-o "

~

.:»

~.dl e~"

[34]

~ ~~ 0r' 0~ JW~l

03y

eU~ J~ 0r' o-,'..u. " w~

t.W ~ ..,..5'~ ..,..5'.,.. 0~ 0J Jl:J~ [39] e\..Jl ~ ~l L.,.toll' 0~ 01~~~ el..J1

~

Jl

.,.;

< -' >

.,i ....yoJ

J!WI 1

~y\ ~ L, " ~'J \.A~ ~!)~ ~\ ~l t."";.J.~ 3~ ,~~ ~ L, " ~j ~ el..J'-, LkiL. ~l ..,' ~~I ~lAJ' [40]

~

:J~ o3~ l;~ [41]

~, ji e-!)~ 25

:Jl-QJ\

~~

~ ~td..l C \ ~ ~Y ~ el..J~

\.A'~J ~ /125v/ J~. ..:.. ~ l. e'~\ Jl ~J I~~ ~ l..,i .AJ., J ';:!l t..~.J1 lkiL.

~I..J' 0~ 0J

24

17p;B ~~I 18

Our reading; B

19

Our reading; BP

2o p;B

lo..~1 ~

,P

~~, ~,

21

Pj B

Pj B .,..

:J»

23

Our readingj B

lr.. J.t> \ , P

24

Our reading; B

~ JI> \ , P

25

P; B

J"'=--

triplicity or decan: 53 then it (A) pushes the nature of the planet (B) onto it (B) . [31] 'Pushing power' is if the planet (A) is in its own house or its own exaltation or the other we have mentioned, and applies to another planet (B): then it (A) pushes its (A's) own power onto it (B).

[32J 'Pushing two natures' is of two kinds. One of them is if the planet (A) is in a sign in which it (A) has dignities, and it applies to another (B) which has dignities in it also. For example Venus (A) when it applies to Jupiter (B) from Pisces. [33J The second kind is if a diurnal planet applies to a diurnal planet, and the two are in a diurnal place, or a nocturnal planet applies to a nocturnal planet, and the two are in a nocturnal place.

134J 'Pushing management' is when a planet applies to a planet from whichever direction the application is; and if this is from friendship or compatability or with reception, it is favorable; but if this is from antagonism or enmity, it is the opposite of this. 54 [35] 'Returning' is in two ways. One of them is if the planet (A) applies to a planet (B) under the rays of the Sun burnt: then it (B) returns to it (A) because of its (B's) weakness. 55 [36] The second is if the planet (A) applies to a planet (B) which is retrograde: then it (B) returns to it (A) what before had come from it (A), because of its (B's) retrogradation. [37J Sometimes this return"" ing is with amelioration, at other times it is with corruption. That whose returning is with amelioration is of three kinds. [38J One of them is if the pushed is receiving the pusher. [39] The second is if the pusher, which is direct in motion, and the pushed which is burnt and retrograding, are both in a cardine or succedent. [40] The third is if the receiving, which is retrograde or burnt, is cadent and the pusher is in a cardine or succedent. If the receiving planet returns to the pushing planet when the pushing planet is in a good place, the theme is ameliorated after corruption. [41] Its returning with

Vlr

~

22

47

l. ~ I

\.A JI> \

53 P gives: 'the planet applies to the Lord of the sign in which it is, or from the place of its exaltation or its term or its triplicity or its decan'; d. K, VII.5, p. 399.1315: 'the planet applies to the Lord of the sign in which it is or to the Lord of its exaltation or to the Lord of its term or to the Lord of its triplicity or to the Lord of its decan'. 54 Cf. K, VII.5, p. 400.2 et seq.: 'And if this is from sextile or trine or there is reception between them both, that pushing is from compatability... '; the Latin translation also names the aspects. 55 Cf. K, VII.5, p. 400.7-8: 'because it (B) cannot grasp hold of what before had come from it (A), it returns it to it (A)'; Latin: 'it returns to the other what it is unable to hold'.

48


CHAPTER THREE

~L., ~liI~ c:'1..~.H 0§.: 0J Jl:J~ [42] ~li'=-~l ~ ~~t u..\...d

u. .r±' ~l:Ll .:,i .Y j~ 4

J3 i 26

~ 0i 28 ~

< ..,..5'~ >

~ ~J> l;~' 'lJ'r<' . YJ

29

>L...:..

...,...n=J1

'!

27

.Y 0~~

'J"

..,..5'.,>J1 0§.: 0) 0l(:;'J~

uLtb'

wJUt "i ?I 'Jj [43]

-JWl ~ ~ c::..t.. ·J».':Jl~ [44J (J ...u\~u....b-J.<"_C,,\ . . . . . .YU~UI'~

~~ JW~l ~.;: ~\ ~,) < ;r > 30 U>.\ ~l; ~h ~~:J jib . _c:. O·'-Jr: .... ~.. ",A ~ L~AIL L_:~ ...ut~, ~\ 31 J W\ U~ r ~.J v:-. ~ (J.. .. c::fl. W

~i ~ 'f..i.Jl

33

~ 0i

32

el)I I..i.r.

~I .:r ~i ~ 'f..i.J1 ~\:JI .ill~ ~~ < ~>

~ ..,..5'~ JW'JI JJ ..,.....1~ ..,..5'§ 0§.: 0J ..:;..".oJ~ [45] y) yS'l.,>J1 ~ 0§.: 0) e,.ul Jyc- I~}i..?-I (J. JJ ~ J-=11 JA:.i: 34

35

J"~L .JWt j.

~J. ..,..5'§ 0~ 0)

Ii-..

.~, J',C1L . _C ~ w ~1 -r--. .JWt u~ "I'

~?

L.I-">J ..:;..~ 0~ .Y J~1 &" [46] < ~I AL ., l;.. J.<'> ~,. fit . w u lA~'- .J'r~ C' .. c-;-;. U ...r:- . Y ..;r '='l:Jt ' c.~'" 4JJ~'" ~J: J>~-, a.:.o JL:J\ ~ ~ll\ ..,..5'~' e:J.. ~~ JW~' Jl JW'JI

26

Pj B

27

B adds ." P; B

J.ii

29

P; B

C-'~,

corruption is of two kinds. One of them is if the pushing planet is cadent and is the one retrograding or burnt, and the pushed planet is in a cardine or succedent: then, if it returns to the pushing planet what before had corne from it, because of the condition of its retrogradation or burning, the theme is corrupted after being established. [42) The second is if the pushing planet and the receiving planet are cadent or burnt, and they are not strong enough for the advancement of it: then this indicates that the request has no beginning nor end. [43] 'Refranation'56 is if a planet (A) is in application to a planet (B), and before it (A) reaches it (B), it (A) retrogrades away from it (B) and its application is aborted. [44] 'Resistance' is if a light planet (A) has many degrees, another planet (B) is heavier than it and has fewer degrees, and a third planet (C), lighter than that light planet, aims at application to the heavy planet, and then the light planet with many degrees (A) retrogrades and applies to the heavy planet (B) in its retrogradation. Then it (A) passes it (B), and ,there is application of that third planet (C) which is lighter than·this light planet, to this retrograding planet (A) which is heavier than it, and not to the heavy planet (B).

[45] 'Evasion' is if there is a planet (A) going towards application to a planet (B), and before it reaches it, the planet (B) to which it is applying removes to another sign: then, since the pushing planet (A)' changes if one of the planets (C) is closer to it (A) than it (B), then its application is to the other planet (C), and its application to the first planet (B) is aborted. [46] 'Cutting the light,57 is of three kinds. One of them is if a planet (A) is aiming at application to a planet (B) heavier than it and a planet (C) is in the second sign from that of the light planet (Aj, before the light planet reaches ap~lication to the heavy planet (B), the planet (C) which is in the second sign from it retrogrades, enters its sign and becomes conjunct with it (B): then it cuts its light from that planet (A)

-.J

28

30p;B

36

~\

31

P; B

:J#

32

P; B

t~)\

33

P; B

Jd'

~

34

P; B

~

35

P; B

UlJ~~

36 OUf

reading; B

49

l.~', p

~~, o~-' 56

Literally 'breaking the contract'.

57

I.e., abscission.

50

1 THE ABBREVIATION OF THE INTRODUCTION

~§ 0~ 0J ~l:J~ [47] ~ JW~' .)~i ~.:u, ~y
CHAPTER THREE

F

vs- O~y

L~;' < ~ Lft~ > ~r(" ~r("'''~.) l:;~' ~r~' L ...:. ~ v-:. .Y J'~C:'.AI... ~ '-' ~ V.~~ ..

~y
J"'~L ~. .JW,

~§ ~ ~ ~§ ~ .) o~tr

lL... ~j

":fijI ~y
j' ~l:L\ ~LP

& ,)

.,.

LSj--

~~ ~~l ~ 01 ~eJ'

~l:l' ~LP Jj--

Jl

~y

37

~

H 4~ ji ~ ~ ~yU [50J ..J,.~ Ji ~ .:r ~ Y"J ~ .;~ ~ < CY. > ":>~ l.Afl H ..J,.~ Ji ~ .) ~ t i ":fijI ~y ot;~ ~ ~\ .jll ~I o~J .u 0~ /126r/ ..J,.~ Ji 0)', .:r ~~ ~ ~LP ~~I CJ. '-'.r y~ ~ ~.Jj [51) Ji Uf .:r Ji 4; ~I ~ .:r ~y
39

40

~ j1 e'...u, ~ J JW>U 42 ~LaJl 0~ ji ~ ~ -' ji 41 Il-"'j"'o ~i 01> ~t; "";.JJI Ji ..:+.11 ...,..,..1- L.l,Jb [53J ~ J,.; l;5S ":fijI Ji..,.b jL [54) ~ -,' ~ 0l;j\ ~.. 0i ~J ~ ~ ~ .,1\ ~i ~l ~\ ~~ JW-SI J~ 0\ ~) JWI .# .:r < j;..;J~ > ~i 43 ~ ~ ..M .u J

j'

J-,",'

37

P; B

J4=i

38

Pj B

u li\S::..U

39

P; B

lo.....b~'

40


41

Pj B

42

Our reading; B

43

P; B

51

which was aiming at application to it (B).58 [47] The second is if a light planet (A) is applying to a planet (B) heavier than it and that planet pushes to a heavy planet (C), before the light planet reaches the degree of the planet (B) which is heavier than it, that planet (B) applies to the heavy planet (C) and passes it: then the application is of the light planet (A) to the heavy planet (C) and the application of it (A) to the first (B) is aborted. 59 [48] The third way is if a planet applies to a planet which is not the Lord of the request, or a planet applies to it and transfers its light to other than the Lord of the request. [49J 'Favour' and 'recompense' are if the planet (A) is in its we1l 6o or its fall and a planet (B) applies to it, or it (A) applies to a planet (B) which has friendship or dignities, or one of them has a witness in its own sign: then it (B) pulls it (A) out and brings it out from its well or fall. (50] The favour of it (B) towards it (A) does not cease until the planet which bestowed favour onto it falls into its well or its fall and the other of the two applies to its companion and draws it from its well or fall. It (A) has compensated it (B) fully for the favour it (B) has bes'towed on it (A), and has rewarded it (B). (51} Sometimes the Lord of the exaltation of the sign of the planet is called the Lord of its favour. [52] 'Reception' is when a planet (A) applies to a planet (B) from the house of the planet (B) to which it applies or from its (B's) exaltation, term, triplicity or decan: then it (B) receives it (A). Or the receiver of the application (B) is in the house of the pushing planet (A) or in its other shares which we have mentioned before, then it (B) receives it (A). (531 The strongest of these is the Lord of the hguse or of the exaltation. The Lord of the term or triplicity or decan are weak unless two or more of them are joined. [54] One of them may receive the other also by aspect without application, although the reception by application is stronger. 61

\.oA.,b.', Porn.

....:.t:o ~~

YU.H,

P om.

The Latin adds a sentence from K, VII.5, p. 401.21-2. The Latin adds a sentence from K, VII.5, p. 402.2-4. 60 I.e., a pitted degree. 61 The Latin adds several sentences from the continuation of the description of reception in K, VII.5, pp. 402.23-403.14. 58

59

52


~\ .)W j ~y'j ~j li9-' ~y
O.)l-- ,,) <

CUI j..AJ1 >

CHAPTER FOUR

[1)

~? ~I uJ'W)

~.A.-il\ ~ .)y-.-J\ ~ ~~ ~

o ~j~ .. 1\'" ~l-

0~ 01 ~ ~y
1

._.q. _c~ l4 ~'-J tA.o

~:r-U~J

2

•

_C'~

Uy-'j

i ~I' .. -'Ci jUt, -'

;;.>~ J j\ 3 ~ -,10:~ ~ ;;.J~ 0~ jl ~ ~-' .A..- ;r 0~ ji [3J ~.,........ ~I, ~l ~~ .)) V":!...l...lH ji ~1 .:ro ~I lJ. .jJ1 O~I .) .j>-i 5 ~ ..) 0~ ji ~..uJ1, .J.,JI .) ;;~~ ~I 4 ~J'" L.~ ..) ji ~y..4.0 ji ;;~I U~ .J..vl ..) ji lp.lji ..) ji k 6 ~

j'

-,'

~ O..\S.\"" 0~ ~~ J~H ~ O.u.~ 0~ 0~ li9 .~~ [4] ~ 7 Lc:-i ji ~j ..) ji ~, tW .:ro ~.JI.> ji JeJl rWI .) ji ~ ji cl.\j 0~ J"'"!~\ I.f4 YJ U~ 0lj ~l ~'~f ~~\ ~>l:J\ 0~ Ji [5J

J

~)' 0:.l.

4j~\ oy

.:roj

[7J

~, ~~ l.)lJ

[5}

0b:!l1 .) 0~ 0 i 'i) ~i • £":r:

j' Jj~l

0:J11\ ~)t It·

~y ~

8

J

0~ J' l4 LS~i

~..,; ~ .J.,>~1

j\ ':J. -'1~... f

cy .) ji

. U..Y'" . _c~ u~. I 4::.Li...J\ ..

J J' ~\ ~ 0~ 01 ~y:J' t~J t~)\ ?b [9] Wk..l\ u~J..J1 J ~I t W ~ ~~t 0~ 0] -,I 0li~ ~~

i liU

9

j'

lOur reading from K; BP here, and usually, 2

P; B here! and usually,

3

Our reading; B

4

Our reading from K; BP Our reading from Kj B

6

Our reading; B

~,P

[1] The fourth chapter, on the good fortune of the planets, their power, their weakness. and their misfortune, the corruption of the Moon, and the knowledge of their dodecatemoria.

[2] The good fortune of the planets is if they are in an aspect of the benefics - either sextile or quartile or trine - or they are in conjunction with them, or the malefics are cadent from them, or they are separating from a benefic and applying to benefic, or they are besieged between two henefics, or in the heart,62 or an aspect of the Sun - either trine or sextile - or in an aspect of the Moon while the Moon is made fortunate, [3] or they are swift in their motion, increasing in light and number, or they are in their ~alb, i.e., in the signs in which they have a share, or in their rejoicings, or in the bright degrees or received, or in their domains. 63 [4] Their power is if they are rising in the North or are northern, or are rising in the orb of their apogee or in their second station, or leaving the rays of the Sun, or in a cardine or succedent. [5J Or the three superior ones are east of the Sun64 - and if they aspect it from sextile, it is more powerful for them - or they are in the two masculine quadrants. [6] If the Sun is in these two quadrants or in the· signs of males, then it is powerful also, except if it is in Libra. 65 [7] With regard to the power of the three inferior planets, it is if they are western 66 or in the two feminine quadrants. [8] With regard to the weakness of the planets, it is if they are slow in their Illotion, or in their first station or retrograding. [9] The most harmful retrogradation is the retrogradation of the two inferior planets, especially when, in addition to their retrogradation, they are burnt. Or the planets 67 are under the rays of the Sun, or in the dark degrees.

0~

0~

~,P ~.J.) ~ ~

5

53

c:

L:J"" 0 ~ ~,P om. ~

7

P; B

It

8

P; B

4,j~

9

OUf reading from K; BP 0~

Latin: 'If benefics are in the same degree or minute'. K, VII.6, p. 404.5-7, adds a definition to 'domain' ('~ayyiz'): 'i.e., if masculine planets are in masculine signs and degrees by day above the earth' etc. (as in 3.3 above); cf. Latin: 'places suited to their sex'. Tafhim, c. 496 defines and distinguishes lJalb and lJ.ayyiz. 64 I.e., oriental. 65 Latin adds: 'in which, although it is masculine, the Sun is less strong'. 66 I.e., occidental. 67 P and Latin refer here (until 'the dark degrees') only to the two lowest planets. 62

63

54


......J

~1 ~-) JLrJ~

..;,l;)

...::,,~J~

..)

)i 'pi

cJ. ..) J~.AJI ~

CHAPTER FOUR

0) )i

[10]

u~-->" J 10 ji /126v/ 5~ (J'. J 0ti~' ~§.; ~lj ~-->~, Jy ~~j )i ltkr." CY ..) 0~ )i [l1J ......J ~I -:;"J JLrJ~) ......J ~I ~ J,ll~ J~~ u;.Jall ..) 0~ )i ~ l.) .vYl .y- Uo;L.. )i ~~ )i y~1 ..) ~Lt. .A..,.l; )i e~ yS'~ ~ 0))i u.~) ..) 0§.; )i y~~ 0l.J:l1 ':1') u.fiJ1 ~ f I~i I.f-) ~fJl ..) 0~ )i ,,~# 0~ )i .Y~ } 4r." J )i "jA ~.J- ~#\ 11 ~>ljl 0§.; 0) )i [12] ...,..s1.,.sJI "jA t;~ "jA)i .M... ~) ~~Y (j-l. ':J, u~ , -~~ ur" ~ . - £tI ~.VAj [13J"~y £~~ II·~)' ':J. j ; u--... _~q "jA)

114]

12

\p.J J~ LI:J1 ~I ..) 0~ 0i ~) ~i ~)l 0:l.. lx-J' <'.a,

.; . .,

~)' J' j 'I.-:. .=J J~' .. . ~-,j u .. ..

J )i

-~~ ur- W,Wl ~>t:I' ~ _

u~

..) )i > ~l.i. J -,i U"~I <:;Jl.i. J 0~ 0) ...,..s1.,.sJ1 ......~.) [15] "jA j;i ~W )i ~I ~ ~) ~) lv-!..I....i J )i < ~ ..) )i ~J J--; 0~ )i tr.-'::'! ..) -,i J 0~ 0) } yS'.,.sJ1 13 .b. 0n~) l!U~ .:r-o~ [16J It= ~ "jA P 1:?~l:L 1)i r WI "jA ~ l;1.-::-.o U"~I , [17J >ltliA i 15 W. f j \ v---... _~.lt l;'-J \.i..o U~ . -~ ..Ur-, j i ~ 14 u-:lot; f_l ~~ ---Jl j . j ...,..;.AJI

16

c: )i ))1 c: )i It-;Ui c: )i ~i d""j~
10

OUf reading from K; BP j

11

P; B

~>C

~.J,

Pj B


14

Pi B

15


~fj, P

16


C:j

~\j

p adds

~-'~ ~-,,, \.f'~1 ~ 0§.;

12 13

--4>,

55

[10] Or if masculine planets are in a feminine sign or in feminine degrees by day under the earth and by night above the earth, or if feminine planets are in a masculine sign or in masculine degrees by night under the earth and by day above the earth. [11] Or they are in the signs of their fall, or they are descending in the South or southern, or cadent from the cardines and succedents, or they are in the burnt path - this is Libra and Scorpio - or they are in their detriment, or if they apply to a planet which is retrograding or injuring or in its fall or cadent, or they are without reception or they are absent from their houses, especially if they are not aspected by a benefic or one of the planets which is compatible with them. [12] Or the three superior planets are west of the Sun 68 or in the two feminine quadrants. [13] With regard to the weakness of the Sun, it is if it is in feminine signs or in these quadrants also, except if it is in the ninth place, because that is its joy.69 [14] With regard to the weakness of the three inferior planets, it is if they are in the beginning of their easterliness or in the two masculine quadrants. [15] The misfortune of the planets is if they are in conjunction with the malefics or in their opposition or in their quartile or their trine or their sextile, or between them and the body of the malefic or its rays there is less than the term of the planet,70 or if they are in the terms of the malefics or in their houses, or. one of the malefics is raised above them in the tenth or in the eleventh place from their place, [16] This is most harmful if the malefic does not receive them. Or they are in conjunction with the Sun or in quartile aspect or in opposition. (17) Or they are with the Heads of their own dragons or their Tails, or with

j;

Porn.

P

I.e., occidental. P adds: 'or it is with the malefics, degree for degree'. This is not in K, nor in the Latin. 70 Latin: efor a malefic to have risen not a little in the hour of the theme'. It is possible that 'gism' ('body') should be read for 'l:ladd' ('term'), but d. 3.8 above, and the notes to that text. 68

, P

ji

~J ~

69

56


0'"

.J'"ll 0r-l~l

~"' .ill~ 0",~

18

Li ~.J~

17

CHAPTER FOUR

O? ~, l...r:!", ~ 0~",

C-,l ~j ~ 0\( '~J ~ 0\j~ Lo?' 0~ ~, ~\; [18] ~l( ~~i o~~)1 ~ .:.ro u-Ijl ;)i .Y~~I ~ t j ..u", [19J ~ 19 ",i ltoL.i ":"~.J~ ~~. 20 J .)~ '--0 LJ"~\ ~\( l~Jj li.)~ t) .)~ ~ .)y--l\ ~l( I~~ ~\( l~J-, li.)~ VA ~ ~ .)y--ll ~l( I~~ 0L.u:J' ~l)l ~ V-O-'

~y-J'

c: u-Ijl .:i) ~l&. wJl; .ill..u", 120] ~. .)y-J\ CJ ~

22

~

"'-0

u-~1

C ~lJ~ ~. L1'~t Cj ~ > .JUI U. J~ l.5..r"-i ~"' [21J

~

0'"

0~ ~-'W~ ~ ;.r- '-'~ ji

'-oA)

J'- ..;>\ ~ ~J jAJ~ J' )i O~. ~.) (J'. .) 24 ...,.s'~1 0~ 0) .JUI (23] JU.1

21

\Y' ~I

t....~i [22J < ~"' Js- yo", ",W ",i ~. ~G", 0'"", ",W ",i ~.... I..u 0)

Lr-~' .:.ro

23

(J'. .) ...,.s'~I

0'"

~~I

/127r/

y.~

( 0~ W? J~\ C~\ .) ",W ",i..r"-1 ~.", w J~' (AI .) "'~

.ill~ )i L!u..J1 0~ .ill,>,) OAI }I... ",i L!u..J1 J6. 250~ ...,.s'§ .".; J..: ~y-Jl ~",i ~1 ..:..jIaj 0) ~I .jb .)",i [24J G~ 0~ (AI j.Ao J~ ":"~.J~ C- 0'" j;i t WJ~ ...,.s'~I 26 ~ 0~ .J~l ...,.s'~I JJ

17 Our

reading; B

P; B

19

P; B ~

20

Pj B

~

21

P; B

~

22

P; B

~~\

23 OUf 24

P; B

25 OUf 26

P; B

?~I,p O?~,

It

18

reading from K; B ~.JU.H, p

...,.s'§ reading from K; SP ~l( ~1

O..l..,.,~~

57

the Head or the Tail and there are between them and both 12 degrees and less than that, especially if the !Vloon is like this in respect to one of the two. [18J As for the Sun, the most harmful thing that the two of them can be for it is if between it and both there are four degrees infront of or behind it. [19] Some of the early writers claimed that the Head is of the nature of increasing, and if the benefics are with it, it increases in their good fortune, and if the malefics are with it, it increases their harming. But the Tail is of the nature of decreasing, and if the benefics are with it, it detracts from their good fortune, and if the malefics are with it, it detracts from their harming. [20] Because of this, the majority of them said that the Head was a benefic with the benefics and a malefic with the malefics, and the Tail was a benefic with the malefics and a malefic with the benefics.

[21] Another misfortune is called the ~besiegement', and this is in two ways. [22]' One of them is if a planet is in a sign and with it a malefic or its rays are before it and a malefic or its rays are behind it, or it is separating from a malefic in conjunction or by aspect, and it is applying to another malefic in this situation. [23] The second kind of besiegement is if a planet is in a sign, a malefic in its body or in its rays is in the second sign from it, and another malefic or its rays are in the twelfth sign from it. If there is no planet in it, and the situation of the ascendant or the other signs is like this, then the ascendant or that sign is besieged. [24] For both kinds of besiegement,if the Sun or one of the benefics aspect the besieged planet and between the planet and the rays there are less than seven degrees, then

58


j\ ~~\ ~J U~j J~\

27

CHAPTER FOUR

.,.. (A\ 0r' 01j ~\ ~ ~.. ~

~~1 u-o ~~ (AI ji ~~1 0r' IS~j

[25]

t...,~\ ~ ~ ~\ o~l..-J\ ~i ~ ~.i,;

0j O~b lJz...-<:.o 0~ [27J

~J j\

u..;~ ~ ..

47._.1); _.

L 0~ \~1 ~~~ j

[29J

0r'

\~

[28]

~~\

~

~ li~

28

~;

Js- ~\

~W j

__ ._~l\,.W~" ~

29

~

j' YJ ~\S ~J~ ~

J 0r' 1,;1 ~l;L ~ ~J

32

,;lj ~~ 0r' \~! L::w~ ~.lJ\ ji ~!J\

[26]

J

~, Y 0~ ,,:?.lJ\ CAl

0 W j ..Jy

~.J ~~ ~\

j'

',;1 ~,;

~~; ~ j ~

,\r' IS\ro' v

~ 30

...j

~

01 ji

I~\

:, -<'. v~

)tw

ro

lj\

31

~ .il:JI~

~

J~~\

j'

~r' ~~\

c: 0r' \,;1 ~~w,

33

[31] Y ~~ 0~\ ~j u~\ ~..)J\ ~ 0r' \Sl u-ol:J~ [30J ~ ~\A

~\ ,.~ 0r' \~1 fW\ t'lkll

~

(rO 37 b..):aj

P; B

j

28

P; B

~\

29

P; B

~r'

30

P adds

38

Our reading; BP

32

PjB ~

33

Our reading; B

34

P; B

35

p., B

J

(jA\?\

J

0r' ISl ~\:J~

J 0r' \Sj ~ ~~~ ~ J&-j ~I o~ ~ j;L~ 35

)tw

0!

34

36

~~ ~\

Uj"

~~

~...rAJ ~\j..J~ (J...01

4JO

[32J

< ~.J:

~I ~~ ~ ~~.)~ ~~ (.J: ~ ~y
0r' j\ ~14A

31

36p;B

~~\ ~j~

< {" > ~ ~I ~

~~ 27

~,

:J JL., lo J1

~ > ~§

J.;\

C-L:JI

j

59

it indicates the release from that misfortune. If it is a sign which is besieged and the benefics or the Sun aspect it, they release that misfortune. [25] If the planet or sign is besieged by the benefics, then that is the best of good fortune. [26] The corruption of the Moon is in eleven ways. One of them is if it is eclipsed, and the strongest form of this is if it is eclipsed in the sign in which it was the base nativity of a man or in its trine or its quartile .71 [27] The second is if it is under the rays of the Sun. The third is i(l2 between it and the minute of its opposition are 12 degrees, as it is going towards it or separating from it. [28] The fourth is if it is with the malefics or they are aspecting it. The fifth is if it is in Saturn's or Mars' dodecatemorion. [29] The sixth is if it is with the Head or the Tail. The seventh is if it is southern, and if at that time it is descending in . [30] The eighth is if it is in the burnt path - these are Libra and Scorpio. The ninth is if it is in the end of the signs in the terms of the malefics. [31] The tenth is if it is slow in motion and moves less than its mean motion. The eleventh is if it is in the ninth place from the ascendant.

[32] For the knowledge of their dodecatemoria you consider what there are of degrees and minutes of each planet in its sign, and you multiply that by twelve. Then you cast this out at the rate of thirty degrees in each sign, starting from the beginning of the sign of the planet. Then, where it is exhausted, there is its dodecatemorion. 73

j' ~J J

~\

j',

P om.

\;~ ~ ..

~

~rl

.JLi

37

P; B

38

Our reading; BP ~1

71 Dorotheus, Carmen Astrologicum, ed. D. Pingree, Leipzig, 1976, V.5.2: ' ... corruption ... if its eclipse is in the sign in which the Moon was at the birth of this native or its eclipse is in trine of the sign in which the Moon was when this native was born'. 72 P adds 'it is in the Sun's quartile or opposition or'. This is implied by the Latin, hut is not in K. 73 The Latin adds a sentence concerning the indications of the dodecatemoria, which is followed by another section - on the changing of the planets. The equivalent passages have not yet been found in K.

60

,~~,

Js-

t;~~~ ~\t>-,~' 0.,..
~ lu...,b L.~~ .J"";

V'

~I o~

{

~

""j

J

< ~\;J..'j.waAJ' >'[1]

u\s.W~ \~~l Y~.Jb ~,)~_"U ':;y ~ ~, ~rl\ 0.,..
~

JL'

(#. ~~,

~),) ~l)li

J

clW\

,~, ~ ;J~~-, ~ ~\D. Lr-o ~~ ~-' /\ 2

CHAPTER FIVE


1 /127v/

').JUru:.

[3]

~j

1 OJ')\ O,)Y':" Y

W1u ,b.,- Of ~~ o~.J~ ~j ~• .s~ ~.J ~\.; [4]

1

J1

.J~~~ o~~ ~~j' J~\ Js- j~ Y'j [5] o;~, J~~ ~, # t.J\ .JLL.,~~ ,!p~ ,~\., JU\ ofiG ~~4 LL.J~ ~>W~ < ~-?~ > p~ ?~

~\.,

5

Y Jj

Jb~ O~.;:J~

~t:.U ~\ ill) .J..uJ~ J=:J-\., 4

br~ J~\ J~-,

[6]

3

J.,l\., ~~ ~~ 0!?~~ \~~ J~~ ~~~ 8

J.it.-l~ ~~ 0~~ J.~I

Js- j~ .,..) [9]

;J~ ~~ ~.J

'_Q"'~ .Jya)\

1

2p;B 3 OUf

4p;B

41lk.o,

~-'

~~

6

Y.J~~

(7]

~.J~~

[lJ The fifth chapter, on the natures of the seven planets, the characteristic of their indications of existent things, and the Lords of the days and the hours. [2J Know that the swift-moving planets are one above the other and the highest and the furthest of them from us is Saturn. [3J The one below it in the sphere is Jupiter. Then, lower than that is Mars; after that, the Sun; then Venus; then Mercury; then the Moon. Each one of them has a characteristic of nature and indication of existent things.

[4J Saturn is a malefic and its nature is cold and dry, black bile, dark; it is ill-smelling, much eating of food and trustworthy in friendship. [5] It indicates activities involving nloisture, waters, rivers, agriculture, ploughing and manual labour; 74 much wealth, misers, poor men, long 75 journeys; hatred, cunning, artifice, perfidy, little conlpanionship with men, every activity of evil, defeating, imprisonment, the stocks, shackles; [6] trustworthiness in speech, old age, slowness, deliberateness, intelligence, experimenting, profundity of thought, obstinacy; fear, griefs, sadnesses, difficulty, misfortune, the dead, inheritances; [7] grandfathers, fathers, older brothers, eunuchs, slaves and the rabble. 76 [8J· Jupiter is a benefic and its nature is hot and moist, airy and moderate. [9] It indicates the soul which nourishes, life, children, grand-

~j ~ ,J~ ~~, ~b [8]

~ ol.AAJ~ ,Lt..W\., JL;l~ .)~j~' .)~)b ,)~-'~\., O~~

lOur reading from K; B

jA..\J\.,

o~~~ ,~~~ ~,~~~

7

0]6.

F\., ~~ o~,

61

9

-'~

JJ' ~, ~

~

p

~

~\, p

~\

Y.J~\'

p

6.i.~..\J~ i...,L:..(J~ ~l

-'

reading from K; B

b~\

~l:J'

5

P; B

6


7

Our reading; BP add j

8

P adds

9

Our reading from K; B .J~' Porn.

u~~\

74 Ambiguous placing of the diacritical points in B suggests that there is some confusion here between the word for 'estates' e~iya") and that for 'skilful' ('~ana"). The latter term comes two lines after the former in K, VII.9, p. 412.7~9. However, in L, p. 256, the former term is written on both occasions. 75 Latin adds: 'and cold' as in K, VII.9, p. 412.11. 76 P includes 'change of residence, sweeping and tanning', none of which occur in K. Latin adds: 'prone to silence'; cr. K, VII.9, p. 413.7: ' ... long in deliberation, few in words'.

62


,~\ ~j t-'y~ 0:..\J~ JUt

J

[10) 10

u..J~ ~~ J~~ ~';j' ~~-' Jl:J'

~)~ ~\)&.J~ ~~!, ~LP!'

13

O-'~\ ~-' ,~~\ c~,

Js-

OfiG

J

lJ \

12

~!,

11

~!, ~!, Jli'->~~

~~-' ~~~ uti.A..A.l~

o,~ ~~. J-rJ~

18

f'

jj

4,..n·"

~)~ ~~~ C)~ ~~ ,li y~ O?WI

~\~-' ~~ OJ.o ~-'~ ~~ Ojb. ~-' ~' .s~

16

17

CHAPTER FIVE

V\

~.rl~ 0~~ Ojil~ y~\ ~ j~

15

0"=-'

14

urt-1~

~b [II) JA.,[12] Oj4

~~ Jl:AJ~ y~~ ~~ -'~~ ~4~ < ~!,AJ~ > ~-'~~~

~~~ J~:S~ J.:..Al~ ~~ yp4ll, 19 yl.wl, [13] oJ:~1 < ." > ri;." ~~ yAJ~ C-,yl ri;." 0WJI JJ, u..J~ U::--JI, ~t#I, ~~ ~\ .k~j r)\ ~ ..\Jy \ & -' CKj\ ~L..-., ,~)~ ~~~ -,Li-~~ ,L:.:L\ ~,~~~ J~' ~-' -'~\ ~-' y~..\J\ ~~., .k\""-,~' o.,.>~~ ~'JJ\ .N~ 1 ~, ~.:ul( L:Jl

21

,

~, ~ j--'.i ~., 10

P

[16J

"""\

~4

e\,

Ojb.

11

OUf reading from K; B

12


13

Our reading from K; BP ~ j\

14


15p;B

",

20 1

~-' ~ L;~ ~\~b

•

~

.J

children, embryos, wise men, judges between men, the explanation of dreams, trustworthin~ss, truth, virtue; 77 [10] religion, piety, good report, tolerance, zeal; victorY,conquering, nobility, kings, great men, appetite for wealth, luck in character; the giving of alms, generosity, help to men in things, love of buildings and magnificent residences, trust in his promise; jesting, joking, adornment and much love-making. 78 [11] Mars is a malefic. Its nature is hot and dry, fiery, yellow bile and bitter in taste. [12] It indicates youthfulness, power, fires, conflagration, everything which happens unexpectedly; horsemen, commanders, military affairs, injustice, oppression, war, killing; digging(?),79 stealing, haughtiness; [13] suffering, beating, imprisonment, hardship, fugitives, controversy; inconstancy, obstinacy, haste, foolishness, obscenity of the tongue, little piety, lying, slander, shamelessness; journeys, absence from home, adultery,80 indulgence in love-making; the cutting of the fetus in the womb, abortion; [14] middle brothers, the management of riding animals, the excavation of tombs, the crucifixion of the dead, and metals which fire nlelts, such as gold, silver and iron; and God is wisest. 81

[15] The Sun is a benefic. Its nature is hot and dry. [16] It indicates

.iJ

..

(15)

~\

P

~\, Porn.

~, Porn.

J1-l\

16


17

p., B iJ1.f .. :.1 1

ISp

".."

[14}

63

l,;\l.o,

Porn.

~,

-,'.l.J\

19

P; B

20

Our reading; B

21

P

~ ~ , Porn.

O.N~ ~~

\ instead of

r i .:1J." ~~ I, ~~ ..".....u~

).:.H

~~ ~I J"I,+ I

77 P shares 'fiqh' ('jurisprudence') with K, but both Band L have' 'iffa' ('virtue, modesty'). 78 Of the Latin attributes for which a direct equivalent in BP cannot be found the most significant are 'doctor', 'solver of questions', 'constant' and 'vigilant'. 79 P gives 'ta'b' ('toil'); K, VII.9, p. 414.17, agrees with B, but L, p. 257 agrees with P. 80 K, VII.9, p. 415.8~ gives 'al-ri'a' , ('hypocrisy'). 81 P, K and the Latin text omit 'metals ... and God is wisest'. Instead, P gives 'scarification and veterinary science', of which the latter ('al-baitara') also appears in K.

64

1 THE ABBREVIATION OF THE INTRODUCTION

CHAPTER FIVE

J..L.iJ~ yW~ p~ ~~ u~~ Ji-.I~ ~~~ .J~~ ~~,

~l>.l).~ 23 J..rJ~ .).).,....J~ ,l-j)~ .!l.,.u~ /128r/ oLuJI Js- 22 j~J [17] [18] .)W~ 0:..u~ .~~ 24 oULJ~ r~\ 0.JG 0.J~~ JU~ \.f\j\ (rO ~ [19] .J}r~' Js- 1..5"; V"\.~.)\ ~ 25 .kl-J ~\ 0.,.> ~~ < ,~~~ >

1..5~'

j~ ":!J

[21]

~~ ~ ~.J o.).J~ ~-'

~.:v~ ~~

27

Ju...Jj Ojo

.Aa..,.,

L;~ o~)1

t:;b

~j

[20]

Js~~ li~~ ~~ :J Jl ~t;.J~ _H.,-J~ u.4l~

~lk:J~ [22] t~~ .)fl~ ~~

Jt...--J~

31

26

o~~ oUt,j~ ~Lc,~\ ~~~~ ~~~~ ,l-.Ul

28

~~ .LoJl Y>-' -It;) ~~--' f)~ ~)~ c.,4J~ ~)~ ~I,. yPl .~I,

~../-,

Ct(;J\

lifiG

30

lij:..J1

Y>-'

uL.J~ t~1

~~ .Jra..J~ J~~~

0L~l

29

~f~1, .)1,)1, .\;)1 ~~-'~ ~I,

0~\ ~j J:J~\ ~-' ~~ JjAl~ ~b~ o.)~~ ~l

tiJ: J

J\)-~

-w~ 0'_..J~ ~~ o.)~1 ~~-' c..,A~ ~~, ~l:-k

(rO

~~lL: lo

JJ

~ ~ J~ .).J~ L;~

~~~~ ,liw:tyJ ~~ J'-~~\ o~~~ u,~, reading; B

22 OUf

rJ~

23

P; B

J

24

Pj B

ij\.kj~

25

Pj adds.rJ'

29 OUf

JAJ {25]

~j ~

reading from K; BP ~J of ~J..

30p;B

[24]

0~

27 OUf

~~

j~

[20] Venus is a benefic. Its nature is cold and moist, phlegmatic and moderate. [21] It indicates women, mothers, younger sisters; cleanliness, clothes, jewelry, gold, silver; happiness, equanimity towards all, chivalry, pride; love of entertainment, laughter, luxury, arrogance, love of amusement, laughing, adornment, joy; dancing, playing wind instruments, moving the strings of lutes, songs; perfumes, scents, games of backgammon and chess; [22J idleness, want of moral principles; children of adultery, whores, sugared drinks, much love-making, lesbianism;83 generosity, beauty, weakness of the soul, slowness, femininity, flirtation, passion; the arrangement of garlands, the wearing of crowns; [23] houses of religious devotion, adherence to religion and the practice of piety. [24] Mercury inclines its nature to the natures of the planets and the signs with which it mixes. 84 [25] It indicates youth, younger brothers,

').J.,....JI

reading from L; BP

P; B

32

the animal soul, light, brightness, the intellect, knowledge, intelligence; conquering, fighting and mastery. [17] It indicates judges, kings, leaders, leadership, nobility, communities of men, wealth, riches; eloquence, cleanliness, judgement, religion, the life to come; [18] fathers, middle brothers,82 mixing with men; powers over evil men. (19] It brings good fortune, it brings bad fortune; at one time it raises, at another time it brings down.

J..(,j I , Porn.

26 OUf

28

Js-

[23]

65

uUa.:Jl

reading from K; B

0L~ ~\ .J\j..,' , Porn.

~\

31

Our reading from L; B

32

P; B J~

~~, Porn.

P adds:· 'the concealment of the secret'. This is not in K. K, VII.9, P. 416.20 gives s-l)-q and glosses the word as 'katlr malahu' ('of many possessions'). 84 Latin adds: 'masculine with masculine, feminine with feminine, nocturnal with 82

83

nocturnal, diurnal with diurnal, hot with hot, cold with cold'.

66


CHAPTER FIVE

i~~ J.W~ ~~~ ~~~, < Jl > ~y~ ~~)' j-&- j~j [26] ~)~ r~'r-j ~~~ 33 bW~ yw.~ ~I iy.J\ < -' > -J~~~ .)W\tl~ C..r ;,q < ill-' > [27J ..J-j \~ -lJ\~ 36 ~l:.(J' . ~ r--~''I~ 35 u.>lJI . ~ 34 JW'~ Ji-'J ~~ O.ll.W~ ~\A-lJ~ ~~~ y::1~ ~~~~ ~'J~ U~~~

JWJ

37 ~us:J1

~f

O-,!r- ~ j .u~ ~ ~-' O.)-'~ ~j

.A....,.,

J~ ~l

L;b [28]

JLi-~\ ~L~~ C..J~ J\).~ C.JJ' Js- j~ ~) [29J ~, ~ O~~ 38 0~ .~~1 40 . ) 'pI oX 39 -' 0:..u~ wJI, .JWI .) OJl....J~ ~y.L~ ~ J.Wl ~J u~ls\~ ~-'Zj O~~ ~J~I [30] ~, ~~j

r-j

-:;,,~~I, u.!,>~ Jw..~1 ~J-, t-'.:N~ Wf &! J>U1 .Wl, < J > yKl~ J~~~ -'~~~ .)~~ J-j~ [31J J.~\ u!,.>~~ ~y:J~ 41 rw..J1 rw.i .) ~-' .~~I .) ~ y>L.. a:r ~ 'J ~1 YJj [33) li~L...J ~\ i~i /128v/ y4-,i ~\ ~~\ o1.j [32] ...::.8l;t I,

67

love for servants and servant-girls. [26] It indicates divinity, revelation to prophets, trustworthiness, intellect, speaking, rumours; the various sciences: calculation, surveying, geometry, astrology, omens by birds, sorcery, rhetoric,85 poetry, the art of writing, poetic anthologies; [27] little joy,86 corruptions to wealth; commerce, receiving and giving, cunning, swindling, slyness;87 assistance, patience, friendliness with one who is suitable. 88

[28] The Moon is a benefic. Its nature is cold and moist, phlegmatic, moderate, having accidental heat in it because its light is from the Sun. [29] It indicates joy, beauty, praise, the beginning of all activities; kings, good fortune in one's livelihood; jurisprudence, religion, much consideration in things, premonition; [30J the science of earths and waters and their quantity, bookkeeping; weakness of intellect, noble women, marriage, the upbringing of children and their conditions; mothers, maternal aunts, wet nurses,89 older sisters; 131] messengers, the post, rumours, fugitives; lying, slander; a friend does not keep his secret; transactions in things, profusion in food. [32] These seven planets are the lords of the days of the week and their hours. [33] The Lord of Sunday is the Sun, the Lord of Monday is the Moon, the Lord of Tuesday is Mars, the Lord of Wednesday is Mer-

i Yo Y J-' ~j.' ~l;>l:J\ i ~ Y JJ ~I ~'J\ i ~ Y J) ~, ~ ~t i Yo

33


but,

34

OUf reading from Kj B

JUH,

p

Porn.

35

P adds ..J:-,Lij~ J!jJU~ ~~

36

Our readlng from Lj BP Y

37

Our reading; B

38

P; B

~l, p

-t....~,

t.s::J\ ~~

u.s::J\

0~

J'

39

P; B

40

Our reading from K; B -', P om.

41

p

~j)\

instead of

J ~~ ,~~l J ~~..rJ1 0tP ill)

rw..J1 rw.i .) ~-' .U~I .) ~-' y>L.. OJ- ~

85

86

'J

87 88 89

P adds 'sculpture, adornment and painting'. These attributes are not in K. Band L both omit 'little', but P, K and Latin agree in 'little joy'. Latin adds: 'unstable'. P adds 'kindness' ('lutf'), which occurs in the form 'latafa' in K, VII.9, p. 418.15. cr. Latin: 'sisters of fathers'.

68


CHAPTER FIVE

r.}!. Y.J-' o~j' ~, r~ Y.J-' ~.JUl' #' r.}!. Y.J-' ~.J~ '~.J~' J, ~I 4.&.WI YJ ~ ...,..s1~1 .:.ro yS'§ t Jdl YJ 0n~!i [34] J>-J ..:+-Jl

~ ljI 4.&.WI Y J 0 ~ ':? .All, ':lljI 4.&.WI Y J

oj-',)

1 dI ~ .:.ro J! ~\ u-,

,:?.AI I

.I~' t Jdl Y J .jJ1 ~)I, .,;.. J-, ~I 4.&.Wl Y J 42 ':!'-' ~ < .;~ > """'" ~I t Y.f d1~-, Y u~L y~) d1lS) ~ljl 4.&.WI Y J ,)).~ -' ':lljl 4.&.WI 4:iJ L.~ 43 [35] 4.&.L

0'...rs--' ~) t li J! I;:.i~ .,;.. ,).\Al~

l!lliJ' .:.ro

r-'"!.

42

Pj B ."..

43

P; B

J!

69

cury, the Lord of Thursday is Jupiter, the Lord of the day of the gathering in the mosque is Venus, and the Lord of the Sabbath is Saturn. [34] Whichever planet is Lord of the day is Lord of the first hour of that . Then that,which is below it in the sphere is Lord of the second hour; and that which is after it is Lord of the third hour; and when one comes to an end of the Lords of the day one begins a second time with the counting until the cOlnpletion of 24 hours. [35] For example, the first day belongs to the Sun and it is the Lord of the first hour of it. Venus which follows after it is the Lady of the second hour, Mercury is Lord of the third, and like this are the Lords of the hours of every day.

70


CHAPTER SIX

,lrJ\ f~ ~ J V"'~WI < ~I > [1J ..w .~~11Js- \;~~~-' ~ -' 1 .L.a.o..::...~1 .;. r~1 ~.u. \.:;i [2] If~ < ~ > 4- 51; .:/-' r~1 r~i F J! y..J1 yl:s'" .) 2 .\,;5~ >L...,o

J::.U~-, ,!,.J\ (.J~ /1 Jj ~I

v-o .JLrJ~ ~~ o~L...J1 ~

[3]

.l; ~ . A)l; . A~ ..ILkn· i;l. i.:!. u. J.;::JI - u. r- u~ ~ C iJA ~j C.Jl.1J\ ub.. .J ~ W. .)\.v:.., W~ N

CUJ1 ~.) ~ o.)L...J\ r-rw 0~ O.k>~ ftL.

~

)

W~

tilL.-' v-:.-

... _".q v - JI~

. > -r-All ~

~.)

'IL ~~:..x. ~1 t'r' [4J .J "'r' . I

N

0:--u\ ~

jj!,.o t.A...,

[5] CUJ\ ~

~I tr Jj o.)l..-ll ~ VA < .JliJ~ 1:;.~ oJ~~ ~ \ ~

[6]

CUaJI VO ~..,

W~ ~~-' ~)I ~ ~ ,JlP-j ~y~1 'lr:) c!U:J1 ~~ J ,~~ ul;J\ ~ [7J < CUJ1 ~ ~-' W~ ~~-' ~I ~ JJ o.)L....J\ ~ ~ > 3 .J~~ o.)L...JI ~

J\~.~\ r-r-.:.ro . .J I"'r':IL. N

~~

:..x

5

Ud-\ -

ill j .4r -~;,,, - r-r--'

[8]

~lkI' 4.JA ~.., W~ J.:U~j

o.)L....J\ r-r ~.J~

JJ t3\ v-o

~~I Jl ~, ~ ~.J~ Jl ~j

VA -'~~

1

P; B

,WZA:....., 'J\

2

Pj B

\;5~

VO

~~

3

Our addition from Kj BP om.

4

P; B ~H

o,lyL~

6

Pi B

7

B adds j

.JlrJ~ ~.;;

6

O!).~ ~~\ ~ [9J CUaB (J4~-, W~ J.:.U~-,

.JLrJ~ .k;.~ ~~ ~~ ~\ ~-'

..u-,

5p;B ~\

7

[10]

c!l1J1 VO ~-' W~ J.:.U~-,

'J

ji ~ ys!-!. ~-' ~~

Jl;y\

.~

[llJ

71

[1] The sixth chapter, on a summary of the description of the lots. [2] As for the number of lots according to close examination, and their causes and indications of things, we have described it in the Book of the Introduction to the Science of the Judgements of the Stars. But we will describe some of them here in a brief way. [3J The lot of fortune is taken by day from the Sun to the Moon in degrees of equality, by night the opposite. The degrees of the ascendant are added to it and they are cast out from the ascendant thirty at a time. 9o If the luminaries are in one minute,91 then the lot of fortune is in the minute of the ascendant. [4] The lot of the absent is taken by day from the Moon to the Sun, by night the opposite, and are cast out from the ascendant. [5] This agrees with the lot of religion. [6] The lot of love and affection is taken by day from the lot of fortune to the lot of the absent, by night the opposite, and are cast out from the ascendant. [7] The lot of firmness, remaining, the basis of the ascendant, the splendour of the native and his beauty is like the lot of Venus: from the lot of fortune to the lot of the absent, by night the opposite, and are cast out from the ascendant. [8] The lot of poverty92 and lack of means is taken by day from the lot of the absent to the lot of fortune, by night the opposite, and are cast out from the ascendant. [9J The lot of courage and boldness is taken by day from !viars to the degree of the lot of fortune, by night the opposite, and are cast out from the ascendant. [10] The lot of prosperity,93 overcoming and victory is taken by day from the lot of the absent to Jupiter, by night the opposite, and are cast out from the ascendant. [11 J The lot of bonds, imprisonment and whether he will be saved from it or not, is taken by day from Saturn to the degree of the lot of for-

90 A fuller instruction is given in the Latin text, as also in K, VIII.6, p. 474.12-13: 'What has risen of thesign of the horoscope is added to these. The sum is cast out from the beginning of the sign of the horoscope. Where it ends, this is the lot of fortune'. 91 Latin: 'degree'. 92 B gives 'barrenness'. 93 This translation depends on the understanding of f-l-l.I in the sense of 'faHiJ:1' the word al-BIriinI uses in this context; f-l-l.I is the form given here by BP and L (K gives 'al-'ilm'). This should be compared with one of the attributes of Jupiter in 5.10 above, which is given as £-I-!). by P, as 'fala!).' by L, but as f-I-g by K - a form whose last two radicals survive in B's erroneous i-I-g. l

72


~LkH

~ ~j W~ ~~-' ~~

JJ

(f"

.1>~~

. u-o

~j W~ ~~-' ibL,._H ~

~~\ ~ -,lfJ~ ~~ o~\ tr' [12)

Jj ~.,J~I O~~j ~ 0~ ~lIl t~~J ~~ u..;~ .

CHAPTER SIX

~tkJ\

IjA

J't.; ". \ l:>.~1 ~ l:lU:.-\ ... u. ~ U~-' ..

ClkJ \ IjA ~-' ~\ JJ

1:>~ C~\ r-r (13) /129r/ ~_L . \ ~I\ 'YY'1\ U. ~ u~..r

~.,J~\ O~~-' J;; 0~ ~lIl J~~I ~ ~~-' ~-'~ JJ JU\ ~ y-, ~ ~~ -,\;;J~ ~~ JU\ ~ [14] c!UaJl ;r ~j 9 ,'.,,-J~ JU\ ~lW\ ~ ~-' ~~\ JJ Jc--~ l.JA ~~ -,liJ~ .k>~ o.,>~\ ~ (15) ,Lc-J\ Ja....,j ~-'~ Jj ~\ ~J~ ;r JlrJ~ ~~ oy~l uy ~ [16J If ~-' W~ ~~-' ~~

< -' > ~~\

JJ

~l

8

~LkJ' If ~-' W~ ~~-'

(f"

JLrJ~ .1>~ ,~~, ~ [17]

~, l.JA JliJ~ .ii. tl...:J\ ~ ~~ 0r' 0~ L:'LW\ ,~~\ ~ ~ 0LkLJI ~ [18) c!lJAJ\ VA ~j W~ ~~

JJ

JJl~j ~j Jj ~\ ~ ~~ iJA JlrJ~ 1:>~ ~l~~\ tr' (19]

~

J

~I ~r- 0~ L:'UJ\ If ~ ~\ ~ ~~

~-' W~ ~~-' Jt>~

JJ

J>~ 4f

Jl ~, v-o Jt.r'~ ~ J>j ~ ~, J -,' ~ t~l ~.. J; L,.~ 0l( ~j

JJ 10

~

~ J~' JJ ~j ~ ~~ JtrJ~ 1:>~ t~~ v~lLJl ~-' [20J .)y~\ ~ J'" ~~ 0LkLJI l"1"" 11 -Y yo) [21] c'UJI 0' u-o ~-' W~ ~~-' ~j Jl ~~, VA JliJ~ ~~ ~yl ("-r' [22J o~ \ ~ Ji!,..o ~\ loU., [23] CUcaJl

8 OUf 9


IOp;B 11

reading from K; B

~y..,.tl o~~yl, p ,'.,,-J~, p

tune, by night the opposite, and are cast out from the ascendant. [12] The lot of life is taken by day from Jupiter to Saturn, by night the opposite, and are cast out from the ascendant. [13] The lot of the prorogator is taken from the minute of the conjunction which was before the birth of the native to the Moon if the native was conjunctiona1. 94 But if is oppositional,95 then it is taken from the minute of the opposition which was before the birth of the native to the Moon, and are cast out from the ascendant. [14] The lot of wealth is taken by day and night from the Lord of the place of wealth to the degree or the minute of the place of wealth without distinction, and are cast out from the ascendant. [15] The lot of brothers is taken by day and night from Saturn to Jupiter, and are cast out from the ascendant. [16] The lot of the death of brothers is taken by day from the degree of the Sun to the degree of midheaven, by night the opposite, and are cast out from the ascendant. [17] The lot of fathers is taken by day from the Sun to Saturn, by night the opposite, and are cast out from the ascendant. If Saturn is under the rays, then take by day from the Sun to Jupiter, by night the opposite, and are cast out from the ascendant. [18] The lot of authority is like the lot of fathers. [19] The lot of grandfathers. is taken by day from the Lord of the house of the Sun to Saturn, by night from Saturn to the Lord of the house of the Sun, and are cast out from the ascendant. If the Sun is in its own house or in one of the two houses of Saturn, then take by day from the Sun to Saturn, by night the opposite. You should not consider whether Saturn is visible or under the rays . [20] The lot of landed property and estates is taken by day and night from Saturn to the Moon, and are cast out from the ascendant. [21] This is according to the lot of authority and what job the native does. [22] The lot of children is taken by day from Jupiter 96 to Saturn, by night the opposite, and are cast out from the ascendant. [23] This lot agrees with the lot of life.

~y~ o~~y\

\.5..,...J~

~

B adds

J'"

73

94 95

96

I.e., following a New Moon. Latin: 'this is from New Moon to Full Moon'. I.e., following a Full Moon. Latin: 'Sun'.

74


;!JI

.ill

12

f~) t~,ll.) ..J.,JI Y 0~ 1:?j.)1 -::..i.,J1

.y-

jl..J1

CHAPTER SIX

r-r-

[24]

~u, UA ~-' l:?~\ J!' tj\ UA JJJ~ -,liJ~ .b~ ~, -,' /1 ~ ~~ -JY~ .k>~ 13 -,§.:u1 ..lJ~' J6.. i jj'A ~ > {25]

JJ

1

o~)\

L!lkJl 0'"

J! /1

LJA

JJJ~ -JY~ .k>~ ~\.j~' ..lJ~\ Jb

~y. ~i )i yo f~i

14

~I)i ..:s J)j..J.I )i ~.,J}I

i jjW

~) I:?~I ~

{26]

< t!UJl ~~-' 4;

~ r-r-

[27]

t!u.Jt ~ ~-' < liJ~ > J.:.U~-, < / ' J! > / ' ~ y -' UA -,Ly:J~ < t)I JJ ~j ~ > -,Ly:J~ .k>~ ~L.,)~ y~~ 15 uP) \ ~ [28] ( ... )

elk UA ~-' /1 JJ ~j OJ') \

UA

JJ

JJJ~ -'~~ .k>~

16

~-'~ UA JJJ~ (... ) [29] v-'.) -,l:> ~\ t'r'j J~)\ t-,j" ~ [30]

~lkJI ~ ~-' o~)\ ~\ ~ JJJ~ -,LrJ~ ~~ ~~ J~ Jl t-,Y r-r- [31]

~-' ~j

JJ

~UJ\ (f~-,

oJ'jl

u-o

JJJ~ -,LrJ~ ~~ ~.) ,L-iJ\ t~ ~ [32]

b>W1 ~ ~!,... ~l 11.j [33] ~lkH

~-'

JJ

tJ\ JJ /1

(f

J.:.U~ -,y~ .k>~ ~~ ,L-.U\

tjJ

~

~\ ~ JJJ~ -,lr'~ .k>~ ~.) /129v/ t-,fll ~ -' ~

(f

[34]

~UaJI ~ [35]

~lkJl ~ ~j

/\

[24] The lot indicating the time in which the children are , their number, and whether the woman gives birth to a male or female child, is taken by day and night from Mars to Jupiter,97 and are cast out from the ascendant. [25] The lot of the knowledge of the condition of male children is taken by day and night from the Moon to Jupiter,98 and are cast out from the ascendant. (26] The lot of the knowledge of the condition of female children is taken by day and night from the Moon to Venus, and are cast out from the ascendant. [27] The lot by which one knows whether the native or the person about whom a question was asked or the embryo is male or female, is taken by day from the Lord of the house of the Moon to the Moon, by night the opposite, and are cast out from the ascendant. [28] The lot of illness, weaknesses and chronic disease is taken by day from Saturn to Mars, < ...... >99 [29) < ...... > and night from Mercury to the Moon, and are cast out from the ascendant. [30] The lot of the marriage of men and the lot of rumours 100 according to Hermes is taken by day and night from Saturn to Venus, and are cast out from the ascendant. [31] The lot of the marriage of men according to Valens is taken by day and night from the Sun to Venus, and are cast out from the ascendant. [32] The lot of the marriage of women according to Hermes is taken by day and night from Venus to Saturn, and are cast out from the ascendant. [33] This lot agrees with the lot of cultivation. [34] The lot of the marriage of women according to Valens 101 is taken by day and night from the Moon to Mars, and are cast out from the ascendant. [35] The lot of the time of the marriage according to Hermes is taken by day and night from the Sun to the Moon, and are cast out from the ascendant.

.Ill\

12

P; B

13

Our reading from K; P

14p;B

JJ

75

5 1H

~\

15

Pj B

~~\

. 16

P; B

~.J here and passim

Latin: 'Sun'. Latin: 'Saturn'. 99 Both Band P are garbled at this point. The Latin text can fill in what is missing: 'by night, the opposite. The rest, as above. [29] The cehem of his own slaves, thus: by day ... ' 100 'The lot of rumours' occurs only in B. It is not in P, K, or the Latin text . 101 Cf. the Latin text: 'The cehem for knowing when the daughter will have to be given by the parents'. 97

98

76


0"L:J1 ~ .~,.,.3

CHAPTER SIX

~J.3 0" ~~ ,.,liJ~ .k;.~ ~.,.t' ~

Jl./\ ~~

J3i ~ ~-' ~-J:

(...1.

~-'~ J~ ~lkJ\ Y -" ~J~ 0" -'~~ .1>~.

Jl:iI'

[36]

J ~~,.,l- lo ~ ~Vj 17

~~I ~ [37]

~LkJ\ ~ ~-' Wlst J=U~j ./1

-,lrJ~ .1>~

18

.hil~ ~}I ~ ~~}I

~ 0~ ~lll Jl:-i:-'J\ ~

J>-

J~- ~I ~t ~ [38]

JJ)' t~~' ~

YJ

Y-"

JJ ~~ ~ ~~

Jy~t ~t,s. ~ J.i~ ~I 11.) [39] c!lkJ\ ~ ~j .3~}1 19 O~'J) tj\ Jj ~j ~ -,trJ~ .k;.~ ~)\ ~Yj ~I ~}t ~ [40] ~ Ji~ ~\ \1.) [41J ~J~ (..I. J3 i ~ ~lkJt ~ ~j Wlst ~~j

f-\

20

JJ

~J~

L\:JI

C-J: ~L, ~ < J=U~ > -"Lr'~ ~~ ~t ~ 21

[42]

CW' ~ ~-' Ll:J1 ~

0" ~,.,~ Op ~ Jl J>~ UA -,Lr'~ ~~ ,Ut ~ ~, ~ [43] I ~. -' ...vI' l-.· . ~ . L; .J\.kH . 22 nl. W~ tllL, . \.k . " ~ V""-' U U~ C (]A ~j v-::-. u --.r-

~\.:L

0~..u, ~ ~lklt

W~ ~~-' ./1

JJ

~j

,jA

24

~-'~-' ~~ ~,.,.3 0~ 0Lk-rJl

-"y~ ~~ .)yJI ~-'

Ji-J' ~ c!lklt

./1

Jl .3-,,~

UA ~~ -,Lr'~ ~~ Jk~

ri jA

Op

,jA 23

~i -41 ~

[44]

v-o

~j

[45)

~I ~ Ji~ ~I 11.) [46] ~\.kH ~ ~j

17p;B

~§

[36] The lot of death is taken by day and night from the degree of the Moon to the degree of the eighth place. You add to it what Saturn has moved in its sign, and are cast out from the beginning of the sign of Saturn. [37] The lot of the planet that kills is taken by day from the degree of the Lord of the ascendant to the degree of the l\rIoon, by night the opposite, and are cast out from the ascendant. [38] The lot of the year in which you fear death for the native and famine 102 is taken by day and night from Saturn to the Lord of the place of the conjunction or to the Lord of the place of the opposition which was before the birth of the native,103 and are cast out from the ascendant. [39] This lot agrees with the lot of the outcomes of things. [40] The lot of the troubled place and the place of the illness is taken by day from Saturn to Mars,by night the opposite, and are cast out from the ascendant from the beginning of the sign of Mercury. [41] This lot agrees with the lot of the inborn character. 104 [42J The lot of the journey is taken by day and night from the Lord of the sign of the ninth to the degree of the ninth place, and are cast out from the ascendant. 105 [43] The lot of the journey on water is taken by day from Saturn to the 15th degree of Cancer, by night the opposite, are cast out from the ascendant. If Saturn is in the 15th degree of Cancer, then the degree of Saturn and the degree of the ascendant are both indicators. [44] The lot of the intellect and profound thought is taken by day from Saturn to the Moon, by night the opposite, and are cast out from the ascendant. 106 [45] The lot of whether the rumour is true or false is taken by day and night from Mercury to the Moon, and are cast out from the ascendant. [46] This lot agrees with the lot of the slaves.

o~~ ~~

18

P adds

19

P; B

20


21

P adds

Ufl;

77

102

0'Jj

~, \~i ~

~" P

f

1

E Li ~lW.' ~~.)~ ~t ~ Jl ~I ~ (]A

22

Our additiion from K

23

Our reading; B

24

B repeats

p

~\.:L', Porn.

~J~j ~j

P adds 'harm and misfortune'. This is only in the full description of the lots in

K, VIllA, p. 457.2

.1»

103 Cf. the Latin text: 'from Saturn as far as the Lord of the sign of the conjunction of the Sun and the Moon, if the Moon will be seen waxing. But if it will be seen waning, from Saturn to the Lord of the sign of the Full Moon'. 104 The confusion in the procedure arises from the fact that while the degrees are cast out from the beginning of the sign of Mercury for the degrees lot of the troubled place, they are cast out from the ascendant for the lot of the inborn character. 105 P adds: 'Take from the lot of the journey to the place of the journey in the degrees of rising: the result is the days of the journey, and know it'. This is not in K, nor in the Latin text. 106 Latin adds: 'and this cehem is similar to that which is of professions'.

78


CHAPTER SIX

J'

~.J.) ~ .JlrJ~ .k>~ ~ ~ ~~i ~ ~ 01 -,y~1 J..r ~ [47]" ~~ rlf Jl/' \.JA JJJ~j ~I ~ ~.J:J op ~ rlf Jl ~I ~l:H ~.J..\Jl ~ .JLrJ~ ~I ~r- 0~ ~lkI' u-o ~j .)..,,:JI

'-:J.

~\'..\JI '='l;

_At! .

Ur. .Jr jA

~j liJls J:.U~j /1

Jj ~j

~l:.II b.Ali .

.J

.

L1IL

~ v-::- .

l.t, -r~JI'U r- j , ~

(;A

.

VA

u~.J:J

25

0

~ 0\

L'lkIl ~ .)-'j ~.):J

JJ

tjl

(;A

.JlrJ~ ~~ 0l1a.LJ~ ~, ~ [48J

v.o ~~ .JLrJ~ ~~ :Jy~' ~ J.r ~b

~l1aJ'

6l1a.LJ1 ~ [49]

jA

t~~ uGLWI ~ dl~ [50J ~LW' u-o ~j / ' (;A 26

jA

~j

liJls

J:.U~-, / '

~j;-, liJls J:.U~-, o~)1

JJ O~)'

Jl Jt>j

,jA

.Jlr'~ ~~ r~' ~

[51J ~lkIl

(r4

.JLr'~ ~~ ,~)I ~ [52]

~tkJl ,jA

~-' -'.J~

tjl

Jl /130r/ /1

,jA

J:.U~ .JLr'~ ~~ ,ti~~l ~

JJ ~j ~ J:.U~ .JLrJ~ .1>~ ,L,~' ~ ,'~\rl ~ 1

~-.!~ JJ .I~~I ~ Y -.!

0"

J:.U~ }rJ~ .l.>.y. .r".) ~LkJI

25 26

Our reading; B P; B

.l.>.y.

p

.::-l:JI ,P

P

~l:J

[53]

~lkJ' [54J

~UJI (;A ~-' .I~~I ("r [55]

,jA

79

[47] The lot of the nobility of the native, if they doubt concerning him whether or not he is his father's , is taken by day from the degree of the Sun to the completion of 19 degrees of Aries, by night from the Moon to the completion of three degrees of Taurus, and are cast out from the ascendant. If the Sun by day is in the 19th degree of Aries or the Moon by night is in the 3rd degree of Taurus, then the indication is in the degree of both of them and the degree of the ascendant. [48] The lot of the king and the authority is taken by day from Mars to the Moon, by night the opposite, and are cast out from the ascendant. [49] The lot of authority and what jo~ the native does 107 is taken by day and night from Saturn to the Moon, and are cast out from the ascendant. [50] Likewise the lot of landed property and estates. [51] The lot of the mother is taken by day from Venus to the Moon, by night the opposite, and are cast out from the ascendant. [52] The lot of hope is taken by day from Saturn to Venus,108 by night the opposite, and are taken from the ascendant. [53J The lot of friends is taken by day and night from the Moon to Mercury, and are cast out fronl the ascendant. [54] The lot of enemies according to some of the Ancients is taken by day and night from Saturn to Mars, and are cast out from the ascendant. [55] The lot of enemies according to Hermes is taken by day and night from the Lord of the place of the enemies to the degree of the place of the enemies, and are cast out from the ascendant.

~-' ,I~~I ~

1 107 106

Latin: 'The cehem of the profession of the royal child'. Latin: 'Mars'.

80


~~j ~y::J'

IF-

~~b~ ~ U.;u ~ < c;W\ ~1 > [1]

1

~~,

~ ~j. w~b-i ~

op 6~.)JUas. -.Jb-i j ~ 0l} o~)' Jb.) j ~ P Op 3 l;;,i;, ~~, -,b-i j ~ Op ~~J ~) Jb-i j ~ ~..:v~ < ~ w~ >

0ti....

.)j...\l:>j 2

~ J~ ~y...o .),~, ~;<1J 3\

[3]

CHAPTER SEVEN

\.f!J' -,b-i-' ~ c;

r'

~\

[2]

~, -,bp ~ ~, -,b-i j

t.:,ll .)b-i j <

~>

~0~j4 ~ ~li 5

lA~ ~~1[5] ~~~ ~y~ ~~I t~l ~>li ~ ~ ~b

~

6

.)-,lk.Jj L

[4]

0yL(j 0\:1;\ o~-.:)Jj ~ 0jPj ~Lo ~ ~~,

~ ~~j ~ 0~j ~ ~)j ~

7

0l}j ~lo ~j ~ 0~-,

~ 0;'-j ~ t.~-' ~ 0~j 8

[1] The seventh chapter, on the knowledge of the years of the fardarat of the planets, the different arrangements of the years, and the terms of the Egyptians. [2] Know that the planets have certain numbers; some of these are called 'fardarat', others are called 'years'. [3] The fardar of the Sun is 10 years, the fardar of Venus 8 years, the fardar of Mercury 13 years, the fardar of the Moon 9 years, the fardarof Saturn 11 years, the fardar of Jupiter 12 years, the fardar of Mars 7 years, the fardar of the Head 3 years, and the Tail, 2 years: that is 75 years. 109 [4] Their years are of three kinds: greatest, middle and smallest. [5] As for the greatest years, the Sun has 120 years, Venus 82 years, Mercury 76 years, the Moon 108 years, Saturn 57 years, Jupiter 79 years and Mars 66 years. [6] As for the middle years, the Sun has 39 and a half years, < ... Saturn 43 and a half years, Jupiter 45 and a half years and Mars 40 and a half years. >110

[7] As for the smallest years, the Sun has 19 years, Venus 8 years,

~j ~ 0Y~j ~ ~ ~y\ lA~ ~~ [6]

(... )

81

t~-' ~j ~ 0~.)~ ~ ~~j ~j ~. 0-'""'!Jb ~)'; ~)j U-o.jj

~

1

p

0 1J o-f'jl.lj ~

11

ub!}\

2p;B 3

Op ~

~ ~~\ lA~ ~b [7]

~\

~\, p

lj,

~,

~\j

5

P; B

6


7

Our reading; B

8

Venus, Mercury and Moon are missing. Our reading; B ~,P om.

9

9

passim

Our reading; B

4p;B

10

~ 0Y'"!-'\

10

Our reading; B

11

OUf reading; B

.)J~' Porn.

J L( , Porn. p, Porn. J I} , P om.

B misses out the value for the Head, hence reaching a total of 72 years. The values for the missing planets are given in the Latin text, as also in K, VII.8, p. 411.11-12: 'Venus 45, Mercury 48, the Moon 39 and a half'. 109

110


82

~, ~~J ~ 0y~ ~)J

13

(...)

~ 15

Op

~

~

yw.~ e-)' ~l-, y~~ ~~

0.,-Ptjo-Uj

f'

16

CHAPTER SEVEN

12 .).JUa.Jj

~ 14

JW JJ~

Op

83

Mercury 20 years, < ... >111 Saturn 30 years, Jupiter 12 years and Mars 15 years. God, the exalted, is wisest in what is true and correct, and to Him is the return and turning back in repentance.1 12

~.J ~ , P om.

12

Our reading; B

13

Moon is missing.

14

Our reading; B

15

OUf reading; B

16

OUf reading; B

p ~l, P OID. p, P om. W,

P om.

111 The missing value is given in the Latin text, as also in K, VII.8, p. 411.15: 'the Moon 25 years'. 112 The Latin text continues with terms, ninth-parts, dark, shadowy and bright degrees, masculine and feminine degrees, wells and excesseSj Le., with a summary of the last few chapters of K, book V.

84

APPENDIX

85

APPENDIX 1. The opening paragraphs of P, fols 31v-32r.

Paris, Bibliotheque nationale, ar. 2696

f

~l \ ~

~-J~ ~ ~ ~~ J-,~' ~, u- ~ ~ Jli

yl:-~~ (J~ li~~~)

J.u

.fJ1 3-+' ..) ..:;..~LJ\ -.,.SI~' ~ ~~i ..) i.I~' j:AJ~ JJI 0-l-U.t /32r/ ~.,.w' i~~' ~ j~ tl tW~ ~~1

~l:-k-, ~~-J~ 14.,~b C-,A\ ~~ -' ~\ ;.;~ ~.; ~-J~ lll-, ..\i-' [4]

.ill.oJ\

0~

/31v/ [2]

[3]

~,

li'l'l~-, Lr~6.j ~~~ ~~~ ~~, ;.;~ ~(l. -.,.Sly<]\ C~-' [5J

~, Jl y) 0~ ~l;~~ .rJ'

l.i.t. ..)

~l C~-

Lo l;.f.5

w~\ L...;>'-' ~\ l!.5' ~J.? ~~ ~-J~ ~-' ~11~ Js- \~ ~~ ~~ 0;;'" ~~ ~~ 0;;'" ~-l~~ ~-l~ 0y>li lro C.J. ~ iJ4 ~,) cf! ~ }l-j w~~ ~~\I\ Jl ~ ..\&>~ ~.iG ~~ 0;;'" [6]

:r

:r

~f ~ ~\ ~~ ~ ~~M /~ ~~

:r

W. \ -.,.SI§J~ [7] .J~\ .b lri ~~ ~-' ,~-' M

M

[2] Ga'far ibn MuQ.ammad aI-BalbI, known as Abu Ma'sar, said: A man does not reach the science of sciences without long speculation on the wonders of the movement of the planets which are wandering in the entire atmosphere, and the knowledge of the causes existing in the world insofar as the higher bodies indicate it, by the power of God the exalted, and by their natural partnerships. [3] He would achieve this only by the knowledge of the circle and of the number of the signs and their names, their Lords, their natures, and the natures of the planets; then by the knowledge of the airiness, northerliness and southerliness, and their conditions and indications. [4] We have explained what was necessary in this subject, and we have abbreviated it so that it is closer to comprehension. [5J For the circle is divided into 360 degrees and 12 signs, the first of which is Aries and the last of which is Pisces. [6] Each sign has 30 degrees, the degree has 60 minutes, each minute has 60 seconds, each second has 60 thirds; and thus each one of them until the elevenths and the rest of the fractions that follow. (7) The five planets and the Sun and the !VIoon move by themselves, by the power of God. Some of them are swift and < others> slow, and for every planet there is a share.

86


~ ~~-' /56v/ ~~,

u, <.)

APPENDIX

> ~~, ~ UJU ~ L;ut ~, [1] ~~\ ~-'~-' ~\

0' rt

~ ~-' u~b!)l ~ J~-,

toy.,u ~\~, ~~ [2] ~-' ~ 1 P ~)lj ~-,lb..J-, ~ 011 O~)\ -,b~.., ~ P ~\ -,bfi ~ C- tjeJJ.., ~ Op 2 ~l ~.fi.W}.., ~ op U~! ~).., ~ ~ [3]

~ 0~-,

u..,:- ~t;

[5]

v-P'

~-U

4

0l:.L.,

3

~.ilJj ~

lS~~ J--y~ lS~1 t'Y i ~~ Js-

#

..:,,)lj

L..,.:- ~t;

LfLruj [4]

~ o~li \.S~\

~

5

~

0~-'

Jo-.,Jl lA.,:- ~~ [6]

6

~~l lA.,:- t:;~ [7]

v-P' # Op ~ #

~\ JH~ V-L.;.~t ~ -~:~.. ~ . l:.J\ .. ~

,

1

OUf reading;

2

OUf readingj

op OP

3

OUf reading;

~ 1) ~

4

Our reading;

~

5

Our reading

~-'

6

OUf reading;

p

Woo

~

.. ~ \..\A~ [8]

~

87

2. The seventh chapter, P, fols 56r-v. [1] The seventh chapter on the knowledge of the years of the ifradariit of the planets, the different arrangements of the years, and the terms of the Egyptians. [2] Know that the planets have certain numbers; some of these are called 'ifradarat', others are called 'years'. [3] The fardar of the Sun is 10 years, the fardar of Venus 8 years, Mercury's is 13 years, the Moon's is 9 years, Saturn's is 11 years, Jupiter's is 12 years, Ivlars's is 7 years, the Head's is three years, the Tail's is two years: that is 75 years. [4] Their years are of three species: greatest, middle and smallest. [5] As for their greatest years, they are 100 years. [6] As for their middle years, they are 65 years. [7] As for their smallest years, they are 19 years. [8] This is the end for us of the Abbreviation of the Introduction, and God is wisest.

88


APPENDIX

/57r/

~.~..taH

~y\

J

~~\

~~\

J

J>~ ~~\

Jt 1

~

J

.k.c

y

Ji J.kJ

~

~

3

4.A

C

JJtJ

0'

yJ

5..".)\

-""

,).J~

t

4

~\

~~\ ~lA Js-,)j~\ u~ Jj~ ,)

~

~

,)

~

,)

,)

~

/57v/

~~I

C.J,)

(--,A \

ill 0

J>~

0

tj\

~

t3'

0

J>j

~

tj\

-' ,)

-' y

J>~ ~j

,).J~

j

J>~

.J

tj\

,)

O...,rA)\

J>.J

o

~~\

tj\ tj\

0

J>j

,)

J>j

-' ,)

0

y

J>j J>.J

lOur reading;

0

.1.

tj\ tj\

~

5

Our reading; -'

9

Our reading;

y

2

6

~~\

j

,)..J~

-'

j

..J

o~J\

').Jl1z>.

tY\

6 •

j

~)\

~~I

tj\

,)..J~

5 0

j

y

,)

C C

.J

0 ~~ ~~\ ~ '-:?~\ 7 C

C ,)

C .J

~

Our reading;

7

C

tj\

0U,..rJ\

O~)\

-'

~~\

~~I

O...,rA)\

,)..J~

~\

~

10 . .J

~~\

11.

-'

0""')' ~~,

~~\

Our reading;

.J

-'

~ 9~

0

,).J~

,~~\

0""')\ O...,rA)\

,).J~

12 >

,).J~

C

~~\ o...,rAjl

j

,)

~)\

~t

,).J~

,)..J~

Our reading; -' 10

-' -'

~~\ o...,rA)'

j

,)

3

Our reading;

Our reading; -=:11

OUf reading;

8

,)

.J~\

...

0~\

y..,,4-1'

'-:?~\

~~,

').Jlk.s:.

~~\

.J

').Jlk.s:.

y~\

~

;;~)'

u~\

~ 8

J>j

tY \

.J

4

Our reading;

Our reading; 12

planet Saturn Jupiter Mars Sun Venus Mercury Moon

~\

.

t

~

. 3. The table of the years of the planets, P, fol. 57r.

t)\

-'""'"'

2~

t

.).J~

Our reading;

C.

89

greatest middle 57 43;30 79 '45;30 66 40;30 120 39;30 82 45 76 48 108 39;30

smallest 30

12 15 19 8 20 25

4. The table of the knowledge of the terms according to the school of the Egyptians, P, fol. 57v. pI. 1 t. :.'. pI. sign t. pI. t. pI. Aries Ju 6 Ve 6 Me 8 Ma Taurus Ve 8 Me Ju 6 8 Sa Gemini Me Ju 6 Ve 6 5 Ma Cancer Ma 7 Ve 6 Me 6 Ju Leo Ju 6 Ve 5 Sa 7 Me Virgo Me 7 Ve 10 Ju 4 Ma Libra Sa 6 Me Ju 8 7 Ve Scorpio Ma 7 Ve 4 Me 8 Ju Sagittarius JU; 12 Ve 5 Me 4 Sa Capricorn Me 7 Ju 7 Ve 8 Sa Aquarius Me 7 Ve 6 Ju 7 Ma Pisces Ve 12 Ju 4 Me 3 Ma 1

planets

2

degrees of the term

t. 5 5 7 7 6 7 7 5 5

pI. Sa Ma Sa Sa Ma Sa Ma Sa

4

Ma Sa Sa

5 9

~1a

t. 5 3 6

4 6 2 2 6 4 4

5 2

93

92

/831'/ [1] YSAGOGA MINOR IAFARIS MATHEMATICI IN ASTRONOMIAM PER ADELARDUM BATHONIENSEM EX ARABICO SUMPTA INCIPIT 1 (2] uicumque philosophi~ scientiam altioreln studio constanti inquirens, ammirabiles celestium in universitate sensili perscrutatl1r effeet us - sirnilitudinibus quippe superorum formarum supra mundum hunc inferiorenl naturali quodam mo apparentibus rerUffique futurarum prenocionem portendentibus - [3] haut quamquam id absque noticia graduum circulorum signofumque consequetur; preterea quis planeta cuius signi donlinus, quasque in eis partes occupent; eorumdem etiam natura nee minus et signorum; ipsorum etiam que shemeli, 2 que autenl genubi 3 sint presciri convenit. [4J Horum autem singula in Ysagoga l'vlaiore diffusius dicta sunt; nunc autem compendiose, introducendis propius. [1] Dicetur itaque primo quidem 4 loco de signorum natura, proprietatibus, effectibus; secundo vero de stellarum proprietatibus secundum se atque earulndenl quantitatibus, quasque affectiones a Sole habeant; tercio autem de .xxv. habitudinibus planetarum; quarto de stellarum felicitate atque potentia, sed et infortunio et impotentia dicendum, Lune etiam imbecillitate, noticiaque duodecatemorion 5 earumj quinto de planetarum natura quidque supra mundum inferiorem significent, 6 quisve cui diei vel hore presit; sexto de nominibus cehem, id est ; septimo de noticia afraadet 7 et stellarum finibus secundum l'vfedorum philosophos, 8 set et graduum diversitatibus.

1 Rubric written along the edge of the margin in S, readable only under magnification. The letters 'mathern', 'astronom' and 'ex ar' have almost entirely disappeared. 2 scemelia D passim 3 genubia D passim 4 quod S 5 S adds in margin, spread over two lines: 'iduas/heria' «idna asheria = i.tna asarlya). 6 S adds in margin: 'dileleti habeci' «dileleti kauecib = dalalati l-kawakib ?). 7 affraadet D, donorum annalium T 8 S adds in margin: 'ale elmeizrin' «'ala al-mil?rIyln?).

[IJ HERE BEGINS THE SMALLER INTRODUCTION TO THE SCIENCE OF THE STARS OF JAFAR THE ASTROLOGER, TAKEN OUT OF THE ARABIC BY ADELARD OF BATH (2] Whoever, seeking the higher science of philosophy with constant study, investigates the admirable effects of the celestial on the sensible universe - in that the likenesses of forms on high appear by a certain natural motion over this lower world, and portend the foreknowledge of future things - (3] can hardly achieve this without the knowledge of the degrees of the circles and the signs; moreover, which planet is Lord of which sign, and what parts they occupy in them; also their nature and that of the signs; also it befits to know in advance which of them are shemeli, which are genubi. (4] Each of these things has been explained more diffusely in the Larger Introduction, but now in a compendious way, closer to what should be introduced. [1 J Therefore, in the first place, there will be discussion of the nature, the properties and the effects of the signs; but in the second place the properties of the stars in themselves and the quantities of the same planets, and what affections they have from the Sun; in the third place the 25 states of the planets; in the fourth place one must speak of the good fortune and the power of the stars, but also of the misfortune and weakness, and also the corruption of the Moon and the knowledge of the dodecatemoria; in the fifth place the nature of the planets and what they indicate over the lower world, and which planet presides over which day or hour; in the sixth place about the names of the cehem, i.e., 'lots'; in the seventh place about the knowledge of the afraadet1 and the tenns of the stars acording to the philosophers of the Medes, but also of the differences of the degrees.

1

T interpets this term as 'annual gifts', i.e., 'gifts of years'.

95

94 [5] The First Discourse

[5] Sermo primus 9 irculus igitur in .ccc.Ix. gradus , necnon in .xii. signa dividitur: est autem primum signorum Aries; secundum Taurus; tercium Gemini; quartum Cancer; quintum Leo; sextum Virgo; septimum Libra; octavum Scorpius; nonum Sagittarius; decimum Capricornus; undecimum Aquarius; duodecimum Pisces. [6] Horum autem unumquodque in .xxx. dividitur; gradus autem in dakaicas lO .Ix.; secundum idem autem et dakaica in secundas, et secunda in tercias, et tercia in quartas modo infinito dividi potest. [7] Septem vero planete sunt hii: prirnus Saturnus; secundus Iupiter; tercius Mars; quartus Sol; quintus Venus; sextus Mercurius; septimus Luna. [8] Unusquisque autem horum dignitates suas in signis optinent, set et sublimationem et draconem. [9] Aries itaque domicilium est l\1artis; regnum autem Solis in decimo nono eiusdem gradu; servitus autem Saturni in vigesimo primo. l l [10] Facies eius tres, unaqueque /83v / decem gradus optinens; est autem prima facies Martis, secunda Solis, tercia Veneris. [11] Natura eius calida et sicca, ignea, colerica; sapor amarus; sexus masculinus; die gaudens; ad nova gernlina convertibilis; diem supra horarum equalitatem augens; ortus eius .xxx. gradibus minor, idemque indirectus. [12J Figura auten1 inperfecta; iracundum; bicolor; biforme; libidinosum; paucorum liberorum, quandoque nullorum; regale; quadrupes; cornipes; vocis inperfecte. [13J Pars eius in homine caput et facies. [14) In terris autem Babil, Feriz, Philistin et Derebigen. [15] Taurus domicilium est Veneris; regnum Lune in tercio eius gradu; servitus autem nullius in eo. [16} Facies eius tres, prima !vlercurii, secunda Lune, tercia Saturni. [17] Natura eius frigida et sicca, terrea, melancolica; sapor eius acetosus 12 ; sexus femininus; nocturnum; firmum ad germina; dies augens; figura inperfecta, membro diminuta; libidinosum; paucorum liberorum, plerumque nullorum; vocis inperfecte; quadrupes; cornipes. [18] Omnis autem planta et quicquid terra radicatur, eius est. [19] In homine vero cervix et guttur. [20] In terris autem Eshewed et Renden et Civitates et Elhewez.

S in margin minucias D 11 S in margin: 'Nota sublimation sumis. si ill (omni?) regnum servituti domicilium alienationi opponis'. 12 acerosus S

The circle, then, is divided into 360 degrees and also into 12 signs: the first of the signs is Aries; the second Taurus; the third Gemini; the fourth Cancer; the fifth Leo; the sixth Virgo; the seventh Libra; the eighth Scorpio; the ninth Sagittarius; the tenth Capricorn; the eleventh Aquarius; the twelfth Pisces. [6] Each one of these is divided into 30 degrees; the degree is divided into 60 dakaicae;2 according to the same principle the dakaica can also be divided into seconds, the second into thirds and the third into fourths, in an infinite way. [7] But the seven planets are these: first Saturn; second Jupiter; third Mars; fourth the Sun; fifth Venus; sixth Mercury; seventh the Moon. [8] Each one of these has its dignities in the signs, but also its apogee and dragon. [9J Thus Aries is the house of Mars; the exaltation of the Sun is in its 19th degree, the fall of Saturn in its 21st. 3 [10] Its decans are three, each OIle of them getting ten degrees; the first is of Mars; the second of the Sun; the third of Venus. (11) Its nature is hot and dry, fiery, of yellow bile; bitter taste; masculine sex; rejoicing in the day; changing to new growth; increasing daylight beyond the equality of hours; its rising is less than 30 degrees and the same is indirect. [12] Of imperfect figure; prone to anger; of two colours; of two forms; libidinous; having few children, and sometimes none; royal; possessing four feet; clovenfooted;4 of imperfect voice. [13] Its part in man is the head and the face. [14] In countries, BabH, Feriz, Philistin and Derebigen. [15J Taurus is the house of Venus; the exaltation of the Moon is in its third degree; no planet has its fall in it. [16] Its decans are three, the first of Mercury, the second of the Moon, the third of Saturn. [17] Its nature is cold and dry, earthy, of black bile; its taste is acid; feminine sex; nocturnal; fixed in regard to growth; increasing daylight; of imperfect figure, lacking a limb; libidinous; having few children, usually none; of imperfect voice; possessing four feet; cloven-footed. [18] Every plant and whatever is rooted in the earth belongs to it. [19) But in man the neck and throat. [20] In countries, Eschewed, Henden, the Cities and Elhewez.

9

10

2

D interprets this term as 'minutes'.

3

S adds in margin: 'Kote: you get the apogee if you make the exaltation opposite

to every (?) fall, the house to the detriment'. 4 Literally 'horn-footed'.

YSAGOGA MINOR

96

[21] Gemini domicilium Mercurii; regnum autem Capitis Draconis in tercio gradu eorum; servitus vero Caude eiusdem in eodem. [22] Facies eius .iii., quarum prima lovis, secunda Martis, tercia Solis. [23] Natura eius calida et humida, aeria, sanguinea; sapor eius 13 dulcis; sexus masculinus; diurnum; .biforme; vernum; extremitas autem eius solsticialis; multifonne, om volantium;14 [24J magna pars eius in arboribus longis; figura humana; facundum; carens liberis; verborum parcum; formosum; munificum; benivolum. [25] In hominibus habens pectus et brachia. [26] In terris, Harran 15 et Armeam et Derebigen et Mez et Varkan. [27] Cancer domicilium est Lune; regnum autem Iovis in quinto decimo eius gradu; servitus Martis .xxviii. 16 [28] Facies eius .iii., prima Veneris, secunda Mercurii, tercia Lune. [29] Natura eius frigida et hunlida, aquatica; flegmatica; sapor eius salsus; sexus femininus; nocturnum; a vere ad esta conversivum; initium eius dies minuens; multorum filiorum; sine voce. [30J Pars eius supra reptile et natatile et arbores rnediocres et aquas currentes et pluviales. [31] In homine autem habens mamillas et cor, stomachum, lateraque et splenem et pulmonem. [32] In terris, Armeniam Parvam et Escin; est autem particeps terrae Balk et Helewez et aliquarum Affrice. [33] Leo domicilium est Solis; nullum in eo regnum vel servitus. [34] Facies eius prima Saturni, secunda lovis, tercia Martis. [35] Natura eius calida et sicca, ignea, colerica; sapor eius amarus; masculinum; diurnum;17 secundum estatem firmum; quadrupes; in lupis molares et ungues habens; longarum arborum particeps; [36] imperfectuID; iracundum; libidinosum; liberis carens; vocis inperfecte; artifex; fallax; malivolum; sollicitum; triste. [37] In homine stomachi superius et cor et nervos et latera et costas habens. [38J In terris, Insulas et Atork usque ad finem habitacionum et Nicabor et loca regia et elmefewiz et elkila. (39] Virgo domicilium est Mercurii; regnum etiam eius in quinto decimo illius; servitus autem Veneris in .xxvii. ejusdem. [40J Facies eius prima Solis, secunda Veneris, tercia l\tfercurii. [41] Natura eius frigida et sicca, terrea, melancolica; sapor acidus; fe.minum; nocturnuID; duplex; debile; bostremitas eius equinoctialis; triforme, unaqueque earum volatilis;18 paulisper tenebrosuffi; [42] figura humana; serile; vocis

13 14

15 16 17

18

S repeats 'eius'. Somnolentium S barran S 'servitus Martis .xxviii.' added above line in S. divinum S valatilis S

FIRST DISCOURSE

97

[21] Gemini: 5 the house of Mercury; the exaltation of the Head of the Dragon is in their third degree; but the fall of the Tail of the same is in the same degree. [22] Its decans are three, of which the first is of Jupiter, the second of Mars', the third of the Sun. [23] Its nature is hot and moist, airy, sanguine; its taste is sweet; masculine sex; diurnal; bicorporal; belonging to spring; its extreme is the solstice. Of many forms, of all flying creatures. [24] Its great share is over tall trees; of human form; eloquent; lacking children; sparing in words; beautiful; generous; kind. [25J In men having the chest and the arms. [26] In countries, Harran, Armenia, Derebigen, :rvlezr and Varkan. [27] Cancer is the house of the Moon; the exaltation of Jupiter is in its 15th degree; the fall of Mars, the 28th. [28] Its decans are three, the first is of Venus, the second of Mercury, the third of the Moon. [29] Its nature is cold and moist, watery; phlegmatic; its taste is salty; feminine sex; nocturnal; changing from spring to summer; its beginning decreases daylight; of many children; without voice; [30] its share is over reptiles, animals that swim, trees of moderate height, flowing water and rain water. [31] In man having the breasts, the heart, the stomach, the flanks, the spleen and the lungs. [32] In countries, Lesser Armenia, and Escin; it is a· sharer of the country of Balk and Helewez and of certain of Africa. [33J Leo is the house of the Sun; there is no exaltation or fall in it. [34] Its first decan is of Saturn, its second of Jupiter, its third of Mars. [35] Its nature is hot and dry, fiery, of yellow bile; its taste is bitter; Inasculine; diurnal; in accord with summer, fixed; possessing four feet; among wolves having fangs and claws; a sharer in tall trees; [36] imperfect; prone to anger; libidinous; lacking children; of imperfect voice; a contriver; deceitful; malevolent; anxious; sad. [37] In man having the higher part of the stomach, the heart, the sinews, the flanks and the ribs. (38] In countries, the Islands and Atork as far as the end 6 of habitations, and Nicabor, and royal places and elmefewiz and elkila. [39] Virgo is the house of Mercury; its exaltation is in its 15th degree; the fall of Venus is in the 27th of the same. [40] Its first decan is of the Sun, its second of Venus, its third of Mercury. [41} Its nature is cold and dry, earthy, of black bile; acid taste; feminine; nocturnal; ~ouble; weak; its postremity is the equinox; of three fornis, each one of them flying; a little dark; [42J of human form; barren;. of great voice; beautiful; gener5The author/scribe may have omitted the copula because he was uncertain as to whether Gemini was singular or plural. Both forms are found in this paragraph ('eorum ... eius ... eius ... '). 6 Cf. K, VI.9, pp. 344.24-345.2: 'and to it belong sandy deserts ('al-mafawiz') ... and palaces of kings ... (L, p. 200) and fortresses ('al-qila' ')'.

YSAGOGA MINOR

98

magne;19 formosum; munifieum;20 benivolum. [43] In homine nates et intestina. [44] In terris vero Civitates, Affricam et Shem et Arabiam omnemque terram eerealem, Ioea comedarum et musicorum. [45] Libre signum domicilium est Veneris; regnum autem Saturni in vigesimo primo gradu eius; servitus Solis in .xix. eius. [46] Facies eius prima Lunae, secunda Saturni, tercia lovis. [47] Natura eius calida et hUlllida, aeria, sanguinea; sex[t]us masculini; diurnum; conversivum; autumnale; diem minuens; ortus eius supra .xxx. gradus, idem indirectus; bicolor; biforme; paulisper obscurum. [48J Pars ei in arboribus altis; figura humana; in voluptatibus et Iibidine mediocre; paucorum liberorum, plerumque nullorum; vocis vive; formosum; omnibus benivolum. [49J In homine ventris inferiora et pectinem habens. [50] In terris, Romaniam usque ad Affricam et Shahid Medie usque ad Ethiopiam et Karmen et Segesten et Kebil locaque venantia et aucupa et montium cacumina. [51] Scorpii signum domicilium est 1-1artis; servitus autem Lune in tercio eius gradu. [52] Facies eius prinla Martis, secunda Solis, tercia Veneris. [53J Natura eius frigida et humida, aquatica, flegmatica; feminium; nocturnum; firmum; autumnale; [54] pars eius in lupis et in omni nata Ii et in fiuminibus et in arbustis; multorulll liberorum; iracundum; lmendax; in malo sollicitum; speciosum; munificum; mutum. (55] In homine pudenda habens et sperma. [56] In terris Elhegez et rura Arabie usque ad Elieman et Tangen et Feruz, omniaque loca fetida et carceres et scorpionum habitacula. [57] Sagittarii signum domicilium est Iovis; regnum autem Caude Draconis in tercio eius gradu; servitus Capitis eiusdem in eodem. [58] Facies eius prima Mercurii, secunda Lune, tercia Saturni. {59] Natura eius calida et sicca, ignea, colerica; sapor eius acidus; masculinum; diurnumj bicolor; autumnale; postremitas eius soistitialis hiemalis; inperfectum; indirecte oriens; gemine figure; in duo media divisum:dimidium primum /84r/ figure humane, regale, dominans; dimidium secundum, quadrupes ungule integre; [60] pars eius in lupis; paucorum liberorum; parve vocis; officiosum; lucrosum. [61] In honline crura. [62J In terris montes et loca ignea'habens.

19 20

maxne S maxinum S

FIRST DISCOURSE

99

ous; kind. [43] In man, the buttocks and intestines. [44] But in countries, the Cities, Africa, Shem, Arabia, and all arable land, and places of comedians and musicians. 7 (45) The sign of Libra is the house of Venus; the exaltation of Saturn is in its 21st degree; the fall of the Sun in its 19th. [46J Its first decan is of the Moon, its second of Saturn, its third of Jupiter. [47] Its nature is hot and moist, airy, sanguine; of masculine sex; diurnal; tropical; belonging to autumn; decreasing the daylight; its rising, over 30 degrees, the same being indirect; of two colours; of two forms; a little dark; [48] its share in tall trees; of human form; moderate in desires and libido; having few children, usually none; of lively voice; beautiful; kind to all. [49) In man having the lower parts of the belly and the pubic region. [50] In countries, Romania as far as Africa, the Shahid of :t\,1edia as far as Ethiopia, Karmen, Segestan, Kebil, and places of hunting and hawking, and tops of mountains. 8 [51] The sign of Scorpio is the house of Mars; the fall of the Moon is in its third degree. [52] Its first decan is of Mars, its second of the Sun, its third of Venus. [53] Its nature is cold and moist, watery, phlegmatic; feminine; nocturnal; fixed; belonging to autuI,nn; [54] its share is in wolves and in every swimming animal and in rivers and shrubs; having many children; prone to anger; lying; intent on evil; comely; generous; silent. [55] In luan having the pudenda and the semen. [56] In countries, Elhegez and the rural parts of Arabia as far as Elieman, Tangen and Feruz, and all evil-smelling places, prisons and lairs of scorpions. 9 [57] The sign of Sagittarius is the house of Jupiter; the exaltation of the Tail of the Dragon is in its third degree; the fall of the Head of the same in the same degree. [58] Its first decan is of l\tIercury, its second of the Ivioon, its third of Saturn. [59] Its nature is hot and dry, fiery, of yellow bile; its taste is acid; masculine; diurnal; of two colours;10 belonging to autumn; its postremity is the winter solstice; imperfect; rising indirectly; of twin figure; divided into two halves: its first half of human form, royal, ruling; its second half possessing four feet of undivided hoof; [60] its share is of wolves; having few children; of little voice; officious; keen on gain (7). (61) In nlan, the legs. [62J In countries, mountains and places having fire. 7 Cf. K, VI.9, p. 345.4~5: 'every land wh~re things are planted, and places of women, entertainment, singers, and parks'. 8 Of. K, VI.9, p. 345.8~9: ' ... places of hunting and falcons, and every observatory and elevated and raised-up path'. 9 Cf. K, VI.9, p. 345.12-13: 'and every evil-smelling place, and prisons, and places of grief and sadness, derelict houses, holes and lairs of scorpions'. 10 This appears to be a mistake for 'biforme' Cbicorporal').

100

YSAGOGA MINOR

[63] Capricorni signum domicilium est Saturni; regnum autem Martis in .xxviii. eius gradu; servitus vero Iovis in .xv. [64J Facies autem eius prima Iovis, secunda Martis, tercia Solis. [65J Natura eius frigida et sicca, terrea, melancolica; sapor acetosus; femini urn; nocturnum; conversivum; hiemale; initium eius diem augens; figure rotunde; zelotipum. [66J Duarum voluntatum et naturarum; prima enim pars ~t sicca, quandoque supra bestias et steriles potens; secunda pars aquatica, fluxilis; multorum filiorum; turpidum; [67J habens terram herbidam et herbarum similia; vite bone; vocis mediocris; iracundum; cautum; pavidunl; triste; libidinosum. [68] In homine genua. [69] In terris Ethiopiam et ripas Elden et Scind et Hind usque 21 ad Hegez; in regionibus florida et prata, loea canum et onagrorum, luporum et Ioea Arabum. [70] Aquarii signum Saturni domicilium est; alienatio Solis. [71] Facies eius prima- Veneris, secunda Mercurii, tercia Lune. [72] Natura eius calida et humida, aeria, sanguinea; sapor eius dulcis; masculinum; diurnum; firmUlTI; hiemale; [73] pars eius in arboribus altis, aquis fluentibus; figure[t] humane; paucorum liberorum, interdum nullorum; vocis parve. [74] In homine tibias usque ad pedes. [75] In terris silvestria et K ufan usque 22 ad Affricam et Mediam; in regionibus aquosa et pratosa habens. [76] Pisces domicilium est Iovis; regnum Veneris in .xxvii. gradu eius; servitus Mercurii in .xv. gradu eiusdem. [77] Facierum eius prima Saturni, secunda Iovis, tercia Martis. [781 Natura eius frigida et humida, aquatica, flegmatica; sapor eius salsus; femininum; nocturnum; bicorpor; hiemalej postremitas eius equinoctialis. Pars eius prima paludosa; altera supra arbores mediocres. [79] .Eius sunt lupi et aquatilia omnia et Iacune. Mulieribus indifferens; multorum liberorum; imperfectum; mutum. [80) In homine pedes. [81] In terris Tarasten et partes Gallie et Roman e et Soliman, et Insulam et Alexandria et mare EIlieman habens; in regionibus vera littora et oratoria et angelorum loca.

FIRST DISCOURSE

[63] The sign of Capricorn is the house of Saturn; the exaltation of Mars is in its 28th degree; but the fall of Jupiter is in the 15th. [64J Its first decan is of Jupiter, its second of Mars, its third of the Sun. [65] Its nature is cold and dry, earthy, of black bile; acid taste; feminine; nocturnal; tropical; belonging to winter; its beginning increasing the daylight; of a round shape; ambitious. l l [66] Of two wills and natures; for its first part is earthy and dry, sometimes powerful over beasts and barren men; its second part is watery, flowing; having many children; shameful; [67] having land producing grass and things like grass; of good life; of moderate voice; prone to anger; cautious; fearful; sad; lustful. [68] In man, the knees. [69] In countries, Ethiopia and the banks of Elden and Scind and Hind as far as Hegez; in regions, flowerbeds and meadows, places of dogs and wild boars, wolves and the places of the Arabs. 12 [70J The sign of Aquarius is the house of Saturn; the detriment of the Sun. [71] Its first decan is of Venus, its second of Mercury, its third of the Moon. [72] Its nature is hot and moist, airy, sanguine; its taste is sweet; masculine; diurnal; fixed; belonging to winter; [73] its share is in tall trees, flowing waters; of human form; having few children, sometimes none; of small voice. [74J In man, the shanks as far as the feet. [75J In countries, forested areas and Kufa as far as Africa and Media; in regions, having watery and meadowy places. 13 [76] Pisces is the house of Jupiter; the exaltation of Venus is in its 27th degree; the fall of Mercury in the 15th degree of the same. [77] Of its decans the first is of Saturn, the second of Jupiter, the third of Mars. [78J Its nature is cold and moist, watery, phlegmatic; its taste is salty; femInine; nocturnal; bicorporal; belonging to winter; its postremity is the equinox. Its first part is marshy; its other part is over trees of moderate height. [79] Belonging to it are wolves and all animals of the water and lakes. Indifferent to women; having many children; imperfect; silent. [80J In man, the feet. [81] In countries having Tarasten, parts of France 14 and Romania, Soliman, the Island, Alexandria and the sea of Ellieman; but in regions, coastlines, places of prayer and of angels.l 5 This is probably a misreading of 'gair tamma' as 'gairan' ('jealous/ambitious'). Cf. K VI.9, p. 345.20-346.1: 'to it belong the remains of castles _.. and every ridge on which there are trees, and waterways ... and places of dogs, foxes, wild beasts and beasts of prey, and lodgings of foreignors, natives and slaves, and places in which fire is kindled'. 13 Cf. K, VI.9, p. 346.3-4: 'places of waters and flowing rivers'. 14 'France' is perhaps Adelard's own addition; he spent many years there, and probably was surprised not to find it mentioned in the Arabic text. 15 Cf. K, p. 346.11-13: 'what is close to rivers and waterways and lakes ... and places of angels and worship, and the place of mourning'. 11 12

21 22

usor S usu S

101

102

[82] Et he quidem 23 signorum nature et proprietates sunt. [83] Sunt autem in signis supradictis et alienationes [et] stellarum et servitutes. [84] Estque alienatio domicilii, servitus autem regni, eodem gradu, oppositum. [85] Sciendum etiam quia signa trina eiusdelu nature sunt. [86J Aries, Leo, Sagittarius, trigonalia, ignea, orientalia, colligentia et implentia; iudex istorum diurnus Sol et Iupiter; nocturnus vera Iupiter et Sol; eis communicans die et nocte Saturnus. [87] Deinde Taurus, Virgo, Capricornus, census et· potentie munifica, trigonalia, terrea, meridiana; iudex eorunl diurnus Venus et Luna; nocturnus vero Luna et Venus; eorum cOlumunicans die ac nocte Mars; Mercurius autem partem habet in Virgine. [88] Demum Gemini, Libra, Aquarius, dantia et evacuantia, trigonalia, aerea, occidentalia; iudex istorum diurnus Saturnus et Mercurius; nocturnus vero 1Vlercurius et Saturnus; comnlunicans eorum die ac nocte Iupiter. [89] Postremo Cancer, Scorpius, Pisces, accipientia et implentia, trigonalia, aquatica, septentrionalia; iudex eorum diurnus Venus et l\1ars; nocturnus vero l'vlars et Venus; communicans eis die ac nocte Luna. [90] Eorumdem signoruln sex quidem 24 directe, alia vera directe oriuntur. [91] Indirecte, a primo Capricorni usque ad ultiInum Geminorum; directe vero, a primo Caneri usque ad· ultimum Sagittarii. [92] Que vero indireete oriuntur quodammodo amant illa qu~ directe surgunt, quorum quidem dies diebus eorum equales, dantia se illis ad actus prosperos; verbi gratia, Gemini et Cancer, Taurus et Leo, Aries et Virgo, Pisces et Libra, Aquarius et Scorpius, Sagittarius et Capricornus. [93] Rec itaque quorum dies equales sunt, et sibi arnica sunt, et in bonis effectibus consentiunt et in potentia conveniunt. [94] Dicuntur etiam preterea ea qu~ indirecte oriuntur sequi illa que directe, in alia quidem parte;25 amant eniIn Gemini Leonem, Taurus Cancrum, Capricornus Virginem, Pisces Scorpionem, set et Capricornus Scorpionem et Aquarius Sagittarium. [95] At vero Aries et Libra, Capricornus et Cancer amant equidem inter se, set non ad effectum bonum; sunt enim opposita. [96] Omnia item quorum gradus equales, sibi arnica sunt: Aries et Pisces, Taurus et Aquarius, Capricornus et Gemini, ceteraque his similiter. [97] Item quecumque duo unius domicilia sunt: Capricornus et Aquarius Saturni, Sagittarius et Pisces Iovis et his similia[s]. [98] Dividitur autem circulus qualibet hora in partes .iiii. [99] Prima ab ortu usque ad medium celum, diciturque orientalis, Inasculina, accedens. [100] Altera vero a medio celo usque ad occidentem, diciturque

23

24 25

FIRST DISCOURSE

YSAGOGA MINOR

quod S quod S S in margin: 'ex similitudine complexionis'

103

[82] These, then, are the natures and the properties of the signs. (83] In the aforementioned signs are both the detriments and the falls of the stars. (84] The detriment is the opposite of the house, the fall the opposite of the exaltation, in the same degree. [85] It must also be known that of the signs three each are of the same nature. [86] Aries, Leo and Sagittarius are triangled, fiery, eastern, collecting and filling; their Judge by day is the Sun, and Jupiter; but by night, Jupiter and the Sun; Saturn shares with theln by day and night. [87] Then Taurus, Virgo and Capricorn, generous with wealth and power, triangled, earthy, southern; their Judge by day is Venus, and the Moon; but by night, the Moon and Venus; their sharer by day and night is l\'1ars; Mercury has a share in Virgo. [88] Finally Gemini, Libra and Aquarius, giving and emptying, triangled, airy, western; their Judge by day is Saturn, and Mercury; but by n,ight, Mercury and Saturn; their sharer by day and night is Jupiter. [89] Lastly Cancer, Scorpio and Pisces, receiving and filling, triangled, watery, northern; their Judge by day is Venus, and Mars; but by night, Mars and Venus; the Moon shares with them by day and night. (90] Of the same signs six rise directly, but the others rise indirectly. (91] Indirectly, from the first of Capricorn to the last of Gemini; directly from the first of Cancer to the last of Sagittarius. [92] But those that rise indirectly in SOlne way obey those that rise directly, whose days are equal to their days, giving themselves to them for prosperous actions; e.g., Gemini and Cancer, Taurus and Leo, Aries and Virgo, Pisces and Libra, Aquarius and Scorpio, Sagittarius and Capricorn. [93] Thus, those whose days are equal, are friendly towards each other, are of one mind in good effects and agree in power. [94] Moreover, those which rise indirectly are also said to follow those which rise directly, in another direction;16 for Gemini loves Leo, Taurus Cancer, Capricorn Virgo, Pisces Scorpio, but also Capricorn Scorpio and Aquarius Sagittarius. [95] Yet Aries and Libra, and Capricorn and Cancer love each other, but not to good effect; for they are opposite each other. [96] Likewise, all whose degrees are equal are friendly towards each other: Aries and Pisces, Taurus and Aquarius, Capricorn and Gemini, and the others like these. [97] Likewise, whichever two are the houses of one: Capricorn and Aquarius of Saturn, Sagittarius and Pisces of Jupiter and those like these. [98] The circle is divided at every hour into four divisions. [99] The first is from the rising point to luidheaven, and is called eastern, masculine, advancing. [100] But the other is from midheaven as 16

A marginal note explains this as 'because of the similarity of complexion'.

104

YSAGOGA MINOR

feminea, meridiana, recedens. [101] Tercia ab occidente usque ad inferioris emisperii medium, occidentalis, masculina, accedens. [102] Quarta ab irno usque ad orientem, septentrionalis, feminea, recedens. [103] Amplius, quecumque pars circuli supra terram fuerit, dextra, inferior vero sinistra did solet. [104] Secundum quosdam etiam due partes superiores masculine et dextre et accedentes, due vero inferiores feminee et sinistre et recedentes dicuntur. [105] Item. ab inlo medio usque ad superius medium per orientem ascendens, a ITledio vero superiore per occidentem ad imum medium descendens dicitur. [106] Quatuor item supradicte partes supra .xii. signa dividuntur atque unarnquamque earum domicilium vocant. /84v/ [107] Uniuscuiusque etiam quarte supradicte primuln domicilium firmum, alterum vero sequens finnum, terdum a firmo remotum dicunt. [108] Unumquodque etiam horum proprio nomine distinguunt. Hec autem domicilia omniU111 inferiorum significantia sunt. Dicendum igitur .xii. domiciliorum significationes. [109] Domicilium itaque ortum occupans horosco[r]picum dicitur; huius effectus super ipsum hominis corpus et vitam onlnesque eius inceptiones. [110] Domicilium secundum supra possessionem et usum. [111] TerciuIll supra germanos 26 et consanguineos, uxorisque propinquos, set et supra lectionem et scientiam motumque localem. [112] Quartum supra parentes, videlicet patrem ac matrern, eorumque antecessores, quamque terre partern occupaturus sit, thesauros et omnia abscondita. [113] Quintum supra libidinem suam et filios. [114] Sextum supra egritudinem servosque et bestias suas. [115] Septimum uxor et nuptiarum. [116] Octavum timoris et mortis. [117] Nonum itineris et peregripationis, . [118] Decimum regni et usus, fortun~, forme, taciturnitatis, officiorum et laborum. [119] Undecimum spei, fortune, divitiarum, fam~, sodalium. [120] Duodecimum passionis, inimicorum, carcerum, dolorum, penuriarum. [121] Gaude autem Mercurius in domicilio horosco[r]pico, Luna autem in tercio, Venus in quinto, Mars in sexto, Sol in nono, Jupiter in .xL, Saturnus in .xii..

26

S in margin: 'super geminis inquire'

FIRST DISCOURSE

105

far as the West, and is called feminine, southern, retreating. [101] The third is from the West as far as the mid-point of the lower hemisphere: western,masculine, advancing. '[102] The fourth is from the lower midheaven as far as the East, and is called northern, feminine, retreating. [103] Moreover, whatever part of the circle is above the earth, is usually called right, but what is below, left. [104] Also, according to some, the two higher parts are called masculine, right and advancing, but the two lower parts, feminine, left and retreating. [105] Likewise, from the lower mid-point as far as the higher mid-point through the East· is called ascending, but from the higher mid-point through the West to the lower mid-point is called descending. [106] Likewise, the aforesaid four parts are divided over the 12 signs and they call each one of them a house. [107] Also, they call the first house of each aforesaid quadrant 'fixed', the other 'following the fixed', the third 'the remote from the fixed'. [108] They distinguish each of these by its proper name. These houses are indicative of all lower things. Therefore one must mention the indications of the 12 houses. [109] The house occupying the rising point is called the horoscope; its effects are over the body itself and the life of the man, and all his undertakings. [110] The second house is over possessions and dealings. [111] The third, over brothers and relatives, relatives of his wife, but also reading, knowledge and local movement. [112] The fourth is over parents - Le., father and mother and their predecessors - what part of the land he will occupy, treasure-troves and all hidden things. [113] The fifth, over his libido 17 and sons. [114] The sixth over illness, slaves and his animals. [115] The seventh, of wives and marriage. [116] The eighth, of fear and death. [117] The ninth, of the journey and pilgrimage, laws and divine contemplation, philosophy and the arts, scripture and visions. [118] The tenth, of the kingdom and dealings, good fortune, beauty,18 silence, professions and tasks. [119] The eleventh, of hope, good fortune, riches, fame and companions. [120] The twelfth, of suffering, enemies, prisons,19 pains and hardships. [121] Mercury rejoices in the house of the horoscope, the I\100n in the third house, Venus in the fifth, Mars in the sixth, the Sun in the ninth, Jupiter in the eleventh, Saturn in the ~welfth.

17 This is probably a misreading of 'hidaya' ('guidance') as 'hawaya' ('matters of the heare). 18 The scribe possibly wrote 'forme' in place of 'fame' ('fame'). 19 This appears to translate 'l}.abs' ('prison') in place of '1:lasad' ('envy').

107

106

[1] Sermo secundus 27

[2] inguli 28 vero planete secundum se quidem proprietatum di-

versarum. [3] Unusquisque 29 enim in circulo signorum sublimatur; CUln itaque sublimatur, et minus lucidus et minor nobis videtur et minus promovet, cum inter eum et caput sue sublimationis minus quam .xc. gradus ex anteriore vel posteriore parte continentur. [4] Cum autem utrinque .fc. gradus fuerint, lux et quantitas 30 et motus examinata erunt. [5] CUIll vero hunc locum transcenderit, et lumen et quantitas et motus augebuntur. [6] Sunt autem hor~ qu~dam in quibus crescit numerus; qu~dam vero in quibus decrescit; alie etiam in quibus nec crescit nec decrescit. Cum enim fuerit argumentum minus quam .clxxx. graduum, crescit. Cum vero nlagis, decrescit. Sin autem .clxxx., nec hOC 31 nec illud. [7] Sciri etiam convenit quia est quando computatio augetur; est quando minuitur; est et quando neque augetur nec lllinuitur. Augetur quidelll quotiens examinatio32 medialitati superponitur. Minuitur vera dum eidem idem subtrahitur. Atqui quando nee additur nec minuitur, in circulo oblitionis in via Solis invenitur. [8] Sed et illud quia cun1 planete superiores medialem motum suum superaverint, motus eorum auctus dicitur. Cum vero a medialitate subtrahunt, et motus diminutus. At cum nec addunt nec subtrahunt, motus examinatus appellatur. [9] Veneris vero et Mercurii motus pro motu Solis denominatur. Si enim medialem Solis motum superaverint, eorum motus auctus. Si vero medialitate minus promoverint, diminutus. Sin autem nee addiderint nec subtraxerint,33 medialis dicitur. [10] Sed et illud quia shemeli et genubi quantun1 ad viam Solis dicuntur. A Capite enim Draconis sui usque ad Caudam shemeli; a Cauda vero usque ad Caput genubi perhibentur. [11] Illud autem pretereundum non est quia singule stelle sue potentie ante et retro gradus habent 34 determinatos. [12J Sol itaque .xv. gradus ante se et totidem retro se sue potentie habet. Luna, .xii. ante et totidem retro. Saturnus et Iupiter .ix. ante et totidem retro. l'vlars autem .viii. ante et totidem retro. Venus denique et Mercurius septem ante et totidem retro. 27 28

29 30

31 32 33 34

S in margin S adds '8' in margin. S changed to (or from) 'unumquodque' quintitas S hec S T adds above line: 'id est equacio'. S leaves a space after this word. habens S

[lJ The Second Discourse [2] But each of the planets in themselves are of different properties. [3] For each one of them is uplifted in the circle of the signs; 20 thus, when it is uplifted, it seems to us both less bright and smaller, and it makes less forward progress, when between it and the head of its apogee less than 90 degrees are contained, either infront or behind. [4] When on either side there are 90 degrees, the light and size and motion will be balanced. [5] But when it passes this position, the light and the size and the motion will be increased. [6] There are certain times in which the number increases; but certain times in which it decreases; and others in which it neither increases nor decreases. For when the argument is less than 180 degrees, it increases. But when it is more, it decreases. And when it is 180 degrees, it is neither the latter nor the former. [7] It is also fitting to know that there is when the calculation gets larger; when it gets smaller; and when it neither gets larger nor gets smaller. It gets larger whenever the equation is added to the mean. But gets smaller when the same is subtracted from the same. Yet when it is neither added nor taken away, it is found on the circle of obliquity in the path of the Sun. [8] But there is also the fact that when the higher planets exceed their mean motion, their motion is called 'increased'. But when they subtract from their mean, their motion is also diminished. Yet when they neither add nor subtract, their motion is called 'balanced'. [9] But the motion of Venus and l'viercury is taken from the Illation of the SUIl. For if they exceed the mean motion of the Sun, their motion is increased. But if they move forward less than its mean, it is diminished. But if they neither add nor subtract, it is called 'mean'. [10J But there is also the fact that they are called shemeli and genubi in respect to the path of the Sun. For from the Head of their dragon as far as the Tail they are said to be shemeli; but from the Tail as far as the Head they are said to be genubi. [11] It should not be overlooked that each of the stars has a deternlined number of degrees of its power before and behind it. [12] Thus the Sun has 15 degrees of its power before it and the same number behind it. The Moon, 12 before it and the s~me number behind. Saturn and Jupiter, 9 before and the same number behind. Mars 8 before and the same number behind. Finally, Venus and ?vlercury 7 before and the same number behind.

20

This probably reflects the reading 'buru~f ('signs') in place of t aug ' ('apogee').

YSAGOGA MINOR

108

[13J Dicendum quoque quas a Sole proprietates recipiant; in Maiore autem Ysagoga diffusius, hie vero necessaria tamen. [14] Quicumque 35 igitur trium planetarum superiorum, Saturnus dico vel lupiter sive etiam J\1ars, a conventu discesserit, respectueius dexter dicetur donec HIe So136 ad oppositum gradum pervenerit. Cum vero Sol oppositum transierit, et planeta sinister ei dicetur. [15] Venus autem et Mereurius a Sole ad orientem discedentes,37 donee usque ad eum redeant, sinistri dieuntur. Ab eo vero recedentes quousque ad predicturn primum locum redeant dextri appellantur. [16] Luna quoque a Sole discedens donec ad oppm veniat, sinistra. Si vero oppositum transierit, dextra dieetur. [17] Saturnus item et lupiter et Mars a Sole proprietates .viii.' suscipiunt. Prima quando Solem eodem loco conveniunt. [18] Secunda, quando Sol a Saturno .xv. gradibus, a love totidem, a Marte .xviii. recesserit. Tercia quando inter Solem et quemlibet iUorum trium .xc. fuerint gradus. [19] Quarta quando in statione prima existens, retrogradi incipit. Quinta cum Sol inopposito eius fuerit. [20] Sexta cum in statione secunda fueri t proeedere incipientes. Septima, cum a Sole item .xc. gradibus distiterint. [21] Octava, cum .xv. 38 gradibus aut paucioribus a Sale remoti fuerint, iamque ab eo occultantur. [22] Venus autem et Mercurius .viii. a Sole proprietates habent, et est prima quando Solem conveniunt. [23] Secunda, cum 39 ipsi a Sale septem gradus orientem versus recesserint. Tercia, cum in stacione prima iam cursum retrogradum ineunt. [24] Quarta, a Sole .vii. gradibus iam eum ex adverso adeunt. Quinta cum iterum Sole4o conveniunto [25] Sexta cum item a Solis opposito distiterint gradibus .vii., et tunc prima noctis apparent. Septima, cum in statione secunda cursum dirigunt. [26] Octava, cum item a Sole adeundo .vii. gradibus remoti fuerint. [27] Elkamar quoque proprietates a Sole .viii. Prima cum ei coniungatur. [28] Secunda cum ab eo .xii. gradus recesserit. Tercia cum ab eo .xc. gradibus distiterit, apparetque dimidia. [29] Quarta cum ab opposito Solis .xii. gradibus distet. Quinta cum ei opponatur. [30] Sexta, cum supra oppositum .xii. gradus addat. Septima, quotiens instat ei .xc. gradibus remota apparetque dimidia. [31] Octava cum item a Sole .xii. gradibus distiterit. 35 36

Quecumque S S adds 'Sol' above 'ille'.

38

discedentis S .xc. S

39

cur S

40

S adds 1a bove line: 'ex opposito'.

37

SECOND DISCOURSE

109

[13] One must also say what properties they receive from the Sun; in the Larger Introduction more diffusely, here, however, what is necessary. [14] Each of the three higher planets, therefore - I mean Saturn and Jupiter and also Mars - it leaves conjunction, will be called right in respect to the Sun until that planet (the Sun) reaches the opposite degree. But when the Sun passes the opposite degree, the planet will be called left of it. [15] Venus and Mercury leaving the Sun towards the East, until they return as far as it, are called left. But going away from it until they return to the aforesaid position, they are called right. [16J Also the Moon leaving the Sun until it comes to the opposite degree, will be called left. But if it passes the opposite degree, it will be called right. [17] Likewise, Saturn, Jupiter and 11ars take 8 properties from the Sun. The first, when they are in conjunction with the Sun in the same position. [18] The second, when the Sun recedes from Saturn by 15 degrees, from Jupiter by the same amount, from l\1ars by 18 degrees. The third when between the Sun and any of those three there are 90 degrees. [19] The fourth, when being in its first station, it begins to retrograde. The fifth, when the Sun is in its opposition. [20] The sixth, when they are in the second station, beginning to move forward. The seventh, when they are distant from the Sun likewise by 90 degrees. [21] The eighth, when they are separated from the Sun by 15 degrees or less, and now are being hidden by it. [22] Venus and Mercury have 8 properties from the Sun, and the first is when they are in conjunction with the Sun. (23] The second, when they recede from the Sun towards the East by 7 degrees. The third, when in the first station they now enter their retrograde course. [24] The fourth, when, in 7 degrees from the Sun, they approach it from the other side. The fifth, is when they are in conjunction with the Sun again. [25] The sixth, when likewise they are distant from opposition to the Sun by 7 degrees and then appear at the beginning of night-time. The seventh, when in the second station they make their course direct. [26] The eighth, when in approaching they are likewise 7 degrees distant from the Sun. [27] Elkamar also has 8 properties from the Sun. The first, when it is conjunct with it. [28J The second, when it recedes from it by 12 degrees. The third, when it is distant from it by 90 degrees and appears half. '[29] The fourth is when it is distant from opposition with the Sun by 12 degrees. The fifth is when it is in opposition to it. [30] The sixth, when it adds 12 degrees beyond opposition. The seventh, whenever it bears down on it, being distant by 90 degrees, and appears half. [31] The eighth, when it is likewise 12 degrees distant from the Sun.

110

111

[1] Sermo tercius 41

[1] The Third Discourse

[2J einceps vero de planetarum habitudinibus dicendum est. Sunt autem .xxv., quarum nomina sunt h~c: competentia, accessus , /85r/ recessus, concilium, respectus, applicatio, neglectio, solitudo, abolitio, translatio, coniunctio, transmutatio, prohibitio, donum nature, donum potentie, donum duarum naturarum, donum consilii, redditio, revocatio, interruptio, fuga, impeditio, patrocinium, mutuatio, receptio. 42 [3] Conlpetentia est cum planeta masculinus die super terram, nocte vera sub terra et in signo masculino, planeta vero femininus die sub terra, nocte super terram fuerit, Marte solo excepto, qui, cum sit masculus, tallien nluliebris est. [4J Accessus est cum fuerit planeta in signo firma, quod est quarte primulll, aut in eo quod est ab eo secundum. [5] Recessus est cum fuerit planeta in domicilio tercio, quod dicitur semotulll. [6J Conciliurn est cum in signo uno planete convenerint, precipue cum inter eos minus quam .xv. gradus fuerint; quantoque minus, tanto melius. [7] Quisquis 43 autem illorum in loco illo potentior fuerit, eius effectus lllaior erit. [8} Quod si unus eorum vel plures gradus certos potentie alterius occupaverint et permiscuerint, tunc maxime44 efficaces in suis effectibus erunt. [9J Cum autem in diversis fuerint signis, licet unus ab alio non multum remotus,45 non tamen conciliati dicentur. [10] Respectus 46 vero septem; octavus et cum in uno conveniunt: duo exagonales, unus ante, alter retro; duo trigonales, unus ante, alter retro; duo tetragonales, unus ante, alter retro; unus tandem oppositus. [11] Exagonalis ergo respectus amicicialn dimidiam, tetragonalis odium, trigonalis vero amiciciam summam, oppositus malivolentiam, generat. [12] TerciuT autem signum set et quartum et quintum a sinistra, nonum vero et declmum atque undecimum a dextra respiciuntur. [13J Applicati0 47 alia in longitudine, alia in latitudine. [14] Est autem applicatio longitudinis alia in eodem signo, alia in diverso. Qu~ autem in diversis, alia sine respectu, alia cum respectu, sive exagonali sive

[2] But next one must speak about the states of the planets. There are 25, whose names are these: dOlnain, advance, retreat, togetherness, aspect, application, separation, solitude, abolition, translation, conjunction, transmutation, prohibition, the gift of nature, the gift of power, the gift of two natures, the gift of counsel, returning, revoking, interruption, flight, obstruction, patronage, reCiprocating, reception. [3] 'Domain' is when a masculine planet is by day above the earth, but by night under the earth and in a masculine sign; but a feminine planet by day is under the earth, by night above the earth, Mars alone being excepted, which, although it is masculine, nevertheless it is womanly. [4] 'Advance' is when a planet is in a fixed sign - which is the first sign of a quadrant - or in what is second from it. [5] 'Retreat' is when a planet is in the third house, which is called 'remote'. [6] 'Togetherness' is when planets come together in one sign, especially when there are less than 15 degrees between them; the less, the better. [7J Whichever of them is more powerful in that place, its effect will be greater. [8] But if one or more of them occupy certain degrees of power of the other and they mix, then they will be nlost greatly efficacious in their effects. 21 [9] When they are in different signs, even though one is not very far from another, nevertheless they will not be called 'together'. [10] There are 7 'aspects'; also an eighth when they come together in one : two sextiles, one before, the other behind; two trines, one before, the other behind; two quartiles, one before, the other behind; finally, one opposition. [11] Sextile aspect, therefore, generates half friendship, quartile, hatred, but trine, greatest friendship, opposition, malevolence. [12] The third sign, but also the fourth and fifth are aspected from the left; but the ninth, tenth and eleventh, from the right. [13] One 'application' is in longitude, the other in latitude. [14J Of application of longitude one kind is in the same sign, the other in a different one. Of the one in different signs one kind is without aspect, the other with aspect - whether sextile, quartile or trine. Whichever

S in margin S adds in lower margin: 'kheir. ikbel. idber. mukarina. dhar. ithecal. incire£. khala eIceir. wasch. nakl. gema. radelnor. mane. dafeeltabea. dafeelkowa, dafeeI. tabean. dafeeltedebir. rad. intikef. etirath. fout. kataelnor. neema. mukefea. kabol'. 43 Quis quidem S 44 S adds 'plurimum' above 'maxime'. 45 S corrects 'unus ... remotus' from 'una ... remota'.46 D adds in margin: 'Nadhar'. 47 D adds in margin: 'Itecal'. 41

42

21 The refei."ence is to 2.11-12 above; d. K, VII.5, p. 391.7-8: 'And the mixture of their natures is most powerful when they are both in one term ('f:1add'), and the distance is not than the quantity of half the body of the lesser in degrees'.

112

YSAGOGA MINOR

tetragonali sive trigonali.Queque autem harum fuerit, cum eum cui instat consequitur, iam applicationis finis est. [15] Applieatio vero seeundunl latitudinem fit alia in eodem item signo, alia in diverso[s]. [16] Qu~ autem in diverso fit, alia cum unus in shemeli aseendit, alter iii shemeli descendit; alia cum unus in genubi ascendit, alter in eadem regione descendit; [17] alia cum unus in shemeli ascendit, alter in genubi descendit, vel econverso. [18J Fit autem hee applicatio quando is qui a Solis via remotior est, motum suum ad propinquiorem applicat. [19] Cum itaque eum consequitur, ianl applicatio finitur. [20] Neglectio 48 est cum longitudinis sive latitudinis applicatione finita, velocior tardiorem transierit, eumque neglexerit. [21] Solitudo 49 est cum paulo post neglectionem nullo modorum supradictorum aliqua ei applicat stella; set neque dunl in eo fuerit signo respicitur ab aliqua. [22] Ab(s]olitio 50 est cum iam plenarie neglecta est, solitudineque perfuncta; ~recipue autem hec Lune convenit. [23] Translatio 51 est duobus quidem modis, uno cum stella a stella elongans se aliique instans, naturam prime in aliam transfert; [24] altero cum stella stelle alia 52 sibi applicate se applicat atque in earn naturam prime transfert. [25] Coniuncti0 53 est cum alicui stelle in loco suo site, due vel tres vel quotlibet se applicant; unde ipsa earum naturas coniungit. [26] Transmutatio 54 item duobus modis est: uno cum ad thema nostrum due stelle pertinentes neutra ad aliam applicat, applicantes se aliis - unde intentio thematis pervertitur; [27] altero, cum nulla inter horoscopi et thenlatis [signi] dominum applicatione habita, applicat autem dominus signi thematis alii stelle que item domino horoscopi applicat naturamque domini thematis domino horoscopi prebet. [28] Prohibitio 55 item duobus fit 56 modis: uno, quotiens duo planete ad applicationem apti, tercio interveniente prohibentur; [29] altero, quotiens duobus planetis in eadem signa convenientibus, unoque eorum alieui alii apto applicari, eius applicatio per localiter coniunctum prohibetur,57 nisi is qui preter signum est paucioribus distet gradibus; D adds in margin, D adds in margin: 50 D adds in margin: 51 D adds in margin: 52 alii S 53 D adds in margin, 54 D adds in margin: 55 D adds in margin: 56 fid S 57 perhibetur S 48

49

S adds above line: 'Inciref'. 'calanceir'; S adds above line: 'khala'. 'wasi'; S adds above line: 'wasch'. 'rad'; S adds above line: 'nakl'. S adds above line: 'gema'. 'Radimor'; S adds above line: 'radelnor' 'Mane'; S adds above line: 'Nane'.

THIRD DISCOURSE

113

of these it is, when it catches up with the one that it is bearing down upon, it is now the completion of the application. [15] But application according to latitude happens" one kind likewise in the same sign, another in a different. [16] Of the one which is in a different sign, one kind is when one ascends in shemeli, the other descends in shemeli; another kind when one ascends in genubi, the other descends in the same region; [17) another kind when one ascends in shemeli, the other descends in genubi or vice versa. [18J This application happens when that which is further from the path of the Sun applies its movement to the one which is closer. [19] Thus, when it catches up with it, the application is now completed. [20J 'Separation' is when, the application of longitude or latitude completed, the faster passes the slower and will have separated from it. [21] 'Solitude' is when a little after separation, a star applies to it in none of the above-mentioned ways; but neither, when it is in that sign, is it aspected by any star. [22J 'Abolition' is when it is now completely separated, after experiencing solitude; this is especially appropriate to the Moon. [23] 'Translation' is in two ways: one when a star separating from a star and bearing down upon another, transfers the nature of the first onto the other one; [24] the other when a star is applying to a star whilst another is applying to it, and it transfers onto it the nature of the first star. (25] 'Conjunction' is when two or three or any number of stars apply to a star situated in its place; hence it joins their natures. [26] 'Transmutation' likewise is in two ways: one when two stars relevant to our theme do not apply to each other, whilst applying to other stars - hence the intention of the theme is spoilt. [27] The other, when there is no application between the Lord of the horoscope and the Lord of the theme, but the Lord of the theme applies to another star which likewise applies to the Lord of the horoscope, and offers the nature of the Lord of the theme to the Lord of the horoscope. [28] 'Prohibition' likewise happens in two ways. One, whenever two planets are prepared for application, but are prevented by a third planet intervening. [29] The other, whenever, in the case of two planets coming together in the same sign and one of them is preparing to apply to some other one, its application is prevented through a planet in conjunction by place, unless that which is outside the sign is distant by fewer degrees;

114

YSAGOGA MINOR

sic enim' non prohibet. 58 [30] Donp-m nature 59 est si quis planetarum alius occupans domicilium, eum sibi applicat; unde et ab illo hospiti suo natura sua donatur. Non dissimiliter etiam et in regni loco et faciei et ceterarum60 dignitatum fit. [31] DOl1um potentie 61 est quotiens stellarum aliqua alii vel domicilium SUUill vel alias dignitates occupanti potentiam suam prestat. [32] Donum duarum naturarum 62 duobus modis fit: uno si quis 63 planetarum in loco dignitatis situs applicet se alii in edem loco digl1itatem habellti; [33] altero quotiens stella stelle se applicat quarum utraque in sua felicitate existat. [34] Donurn consilii 64 est quando planetis in aliquo loco inapplicantibus unus eorunl alteri consilium dat. Siquidem in trigonalibus vel exagonalibus vel simul fuerint, bonum; sin'autem in tetragonalibus vel oppositis, cOlltrarium. [35] Redditi0 65 est cum aliqua stella sub Sole locata, applicat se ei alia. IlIa vero quia Sale gravatur, reddit alii quod retinere nequit. [36] Secundo cum aliquis planetarum retrogradus alii se applicat, set necessitate retrogradationis gravatus, quod ab eo traxerat. [37J Hec autem redditio quandoque utilitas66 , nonnumquam inutilis est. Utilitas 67 vero triplex est. [38] Prima, cum redditionem recipit. [39] Secunda, cum recipiens directe currit, fuerit in signa firmo vel in secundo ab eo. [40] Tercia, quia si retinuisset cum gravata sit, presentis thematis intentio gravareturj cum vero ab alia recipitur, consolatur. [41] Inutilitatis vero duplex. Prima,68 cum stella gravata stelle libere se applicat 69 ; libera vero ei applicationem reddit - unde presentis thematis intentio frustratur. [42] Altera, quotiens utraque gravata, redditio in gravitatem cadit - unde et presens thema tam initio quam fine privatur. [43] Revocatio 70 est quotiens planetis ad applicationem paratis unus eorum retrogradus factus, applicationi non vacat.

perhibet S D adds in margin: 'Dafeotabea'. 60 centaurum S 61 D adds in margin: 'Dafeodkowa'. 62 D adds in margin: 'Dafeodtabatan'. 63 quidem S 64 D adds in margin: 'Defertekebir'. 65 D adds in margin: 'Rad'. 66 S corrects from 'utilis'. 67 S corrects from 'utilis'. 68 Luna S 69 S originally wrote 'applicet'. 70 D adds in margin: 'Intiketh'j S adds above line: 'ehntikel'. 58

59

THIRD DISCOURSE

115

for in this case it does not prevent it. [30] 'The gift of nature' is if any planet occupying the house of another, applies to it. Hence it is presented with its own nature by that planet, its guest. It happens in the same way also in the place of its exaltation and decan and the other dignities. [31] 'The gift of power' is whenever any of the stars gives its own power to another star occupying either its house or other dignities. [32] 'The gift of two natures' happens in two ways: one, if any planet situated in a place of its dignity applies to another having a dignity in the saIne place; [33] the other, whenever a star applies to a star, each of which is in its good fortune. 22 [34] 'The gift of counsel' is when, in the case in which planets are in application in any place, one of them gives counsel to the other. If they are in trine or sextile or together, it is good; but if in quartile or opposition, it is the reverse. [35] 'Returning' is if, when a star issituated under the Sun, another star applies to it. But that one, because it is oppressed by the Sun, returns to the other what it is unable to hold. [36] The second way is when any retrograde planet applies to another, but, oppressed by force of its retrogradation, it returns what it had drawn from it. [37] This return is sometimes useful, at other times without use. Useful returning is of three kinds. [38] The first, when it receives the return. [39] The second, when the receiver is in direct course; it is in a fixed sign or the one second from that. [40] The third, that if it had grasped hold of when it was oppressed, the intention of the theme would be oppressed, but since it is received by another, it is consoled. [41] But of uselessness there are two kinds. The first, when an oppressed star applies itself to a free star; but the free star returns the application to it - hence the intention of the present theme is frustrated. [42] The other, whenever, in the case in which each is oppressed, the returning falls into oppression - hence, too, the present theme is deprived of both beginning and end. [43] 'Revoking' is whenever, if planets are preparing for application, one of them becoming retrograde is not available for application.

22 cr. K, VII.5, p. 399.21-2: 'The second kind is if the planet applies to the planet which belongs to its domain, such as the application of a day planet to a day planet I

YSAGOGA MINOR

116

[44] Interruptio 7l est quotiens tribus planetarum ordinatis quorum primus celerrimus,72 postrerno querente applicare se medio, retrogradus factus, eis intercurrens applicationemrumpit. [45] Fuga73 est cum stella in aliquo loco sita, sequens se ei applicat, precedens autem a loco properat - unde sequens priusquam earn consequatur cum alia se ap
licat. [46J Inlpedici0 74 tribus modis fit. Primo, cum sequens ad mediam captat, precedens vero retrograda fit, medieque se applicans, applicationem sequentis inpedit. Quod cum acciderit, intentionem querentis vir improvisus impediet. [47] Secundo, quotiens tribus planetis ordinatis, medioque ad primum captante, posterior eum transcurrit, applicationemque posterioris sui applicatione impedit. Quod cum acciderit, intentio querentis iuxta ipsius finem spontanee voluntatis mutatione vertetur. [49] Patrociniun1 75 vero /85v/ et nlutuati0 76 sunt quotiens stella in puteo suo aut in sumInissione sua sita, cap[iJtat ad earn stella sue proprietatis aut loci ipsius particeps, domicilio vel regno vel alio dignitatis modo, fueritque planeta captans in domicilio planete summissi vel in aliqua eius dignitate; unde eum a puteo vel summissione sublevat. [50] Erit qui sublevatur sub patrocinio illius donec ei mutuo reponat. [52] Receptio77 est quotiens stella in domicilio suo sita, aliaque ad earn captante,78 recipit locata a captante quod 79 affert et prebet. 8o [53] Alie enim dignitatum occupationes non adeo sunt efficaces nisi due in unum conveniant, ut trigonalitas et finis aut finis et facies aut similia. [54] Est alia receptionis species CUIll quis planetarum trigonum alterius vel exagonum simul cum eo occupat. (55] Item et cum unus totidem gradibus oritur quot alter; si etiam fuerint unius S ! signi dies

et

71 72 73 74

75 76

77 78

79 80 81

D adds in margin: 'Etirad'j S adds above line: 'eletirath'. primus celerrimu~] primus celerrintius 5, precedens velocior DT D adds in margir/: 'Foud'; 5 adds above line: 'Fout'. 5 adds above line: 'ketaelnor'. S adds above line: 'Elneema'. S adds above line: 'mukefea'. S adds above line: 'kabol'. applicante D, aliter captante D in margin. quidem 5 The abbreviation in 5 could be read as 'probet' or 'prebet'. 5 adds.

THIRD DISCOURSE

117

[44] 'Interruption' is whenever, when three planets are in order and the last is seeking to apply to the middle one, the first, which is fastest,23 becomes retrograde and, moving in between them, breaks the application. [45] 'Flight' is if, when a star is situated in a place, the one following it applies to it, but the preceding one hurries from that place - hence the follower applies to another star before it catches up with it. [46] 'Obstruction' happens in three ways. First, when the trailing star is making for the middle star, but the leading star becomes retrograde, and applying to the middle one, obstructs the application of the trailing one. When this happens, an unexpected man will obstruct the intention of the querent. 24 [47] The second way is whenever, when three planets are in order and the middle one is making for the first, the last one passes it and by its own application obstructs the application of the last one. 25 When this happens, the aim of the querent will be changed when the affair is almost completed, by a change of his own wil1. 26 [48]27 (49] But 'patronage' and 'reciprocating' are whenever a star is situated in its well or its fall, and a star which shares its property or its place - either the house, or the exaltation or another kind of dignity - is making for it, and that star is in the house or some dignity of the dejected planet. Hence it raises it from its well or fall. [50] The planet which is raised will be under the patronage of that planet until it reciprocates. [51]28 [52] 'Reception' is whenever, when a star is situated in its house and another is making for it, the situated star receives from the one making for it what that one brings and offers. [53] Occupying the other dignities is not so efficacious, unless two of them come together, such as triplicity and term, or term and decan, or the like. [54] There is also another species of reception when one of the planets occupies the trine of the other or the sextile with the other. [55] Likewise also when one rises with the same number of degrees as the other; also if the days of one 23 The reading in DT is more correct, since, according to the Arabic text, it is the last planet which is fastest (lightest), and the first is fast only compared to the middle planet. 24 (When this happens ...querent' is an addition corresponding to K, VII.5, p. 401.21-22. 25 One might expect 'medii' ('of the middle one') rath~r than 'posterioris' ('of the last one') in this context. Even so, the description is not exactly the same as that in the Arabic. 26 'When this happens ... his own will' corresponds to K, VII.5, p. 402.2-4. 27 The third way is missing in the Latin text. 28 The Latin omits the statement that the 'Lord of the exaltation of the sign of the planet is called the Lord of its favour'.

118

YSAGOGA MINOR

alterius equales, vel etiam si duo signa unius domini fuerint. [56] Omnia autem supradicta signa qu~ vel unius domini vel unius nature fuerint, sibi arnica sunt. [57] Prosper~ etiam stelle omnes inter se munifice, quoniam eorum 82 nature similes; inprospere vera' inter se munifice. [58] In rp.unificentia autem qu~dam fortiores, quedam debiliores, quedam mediales inveniuntur. Maxima autem inter Solem et Lunalll munificentia est. [59] Luna enim in quolibet signo excepto opposito, quod noxium est, a Sale sumit. Cum ergo Luna in signum quo Sol aliqua dignitate utitur, venerit, beneficium eius duplicatur: unum enim munus a signo, alterum a natura. [60] Mercurius cum alius planeta in Virgine fuerit, duo ei beneficia prestat. [61] Beneficium vero mediocre est quod qu~libet ab alia recipit, vel ex domici
o vel ex regno vel ex facie vel ex trigono vel ex fine. Quorum si duo donentur, erit maius. [62] Quodcumque autem a predictis aHud, debile erit.

82

earum DT.

THIRD DISCOURSE

119

sign are equal to those of the other, or even if two signs belong to one Lord. [56] All the aforenlentioned signs which belong to one Lord or one nature are friendly towards each other. [57] Also all stars of good fortune are generous between thenlselves, since their natures are similar. But stars of bad fortune are generous between themselves. (58] In generosity some are found stronger, some weaker, some of llledium strength. [59] The greatest generosity is between the Sun and the Moon. For the Moon takes from the Sun in any sign, except opposition, which is harming. Therefore, when the ~foon comes into a sign in which the Sun enjoys some dignity, its benefit is doubled: for one gift is from the sign, the other from the nature. [60] Mercury, when another planet is in Virgo, provides two benefits for it. [61 J But a medium benefit is what each star receives from another, either from its house or from its exaltation or its decan or its triplicity or its term. If two of these are given, it will be greater. [62] Whatever is other than the aforesaid, will be weak. 29

29 Sections 54 ('when one of the planets occupies ... ') -62 are not in the Arabic text, but correspond to K, VII.5, pp. 402.23-403.14. Note that the words 'munificus/munificentia' ('generous/generosity') translate 'receiving/reception' in K.

121

120

[lJ Sermo quartus 83

[1] The Fourth Discourse

actenus 84 hec. Nunc vero quarta promissio solvenda est. [2] Erit ergo stellarum felicitas si benivola benivolam vel ab exagono vel tetragono vel trigono vel adunatione respiciat, nec a malivolis respiciantur; a benivola etiam ad benivolam tendere, inter duas felicitates bene collocatam; set etiam si fuerint benivole in eodem gradu vel dakaica; necnon 85 si Solem ab exagono vel trigono respiciant; [3] set etiam motus celer et Iucis augmentumj esse etiam in loco in quo vel dignitate fruantur aliqua vel gaudio; set etiam in gradibus Iucidis vel lods sexui aptis. [4] Potentia vero stellarum est ut shemeli oriantur vel site sint; quod 86 ad sublirnationem moveantur; in secunda etiam statione esse; a radio Solis exire; in signa firmo vel ei proximo esse; [5] trium etiam superiorunl diluculo apparere; a stella etiam fortiore irradiarij in quadris etiam masculis esse. [6] Cum enim Sol in quadris masculis et signis masculis fuerit, fortis erit; Libra tamen excepta, qu~ licet mascula sit, Sol tamen in ea minime fortis. [7] Inferiorum autenl potentia est ut in occidente aut in quadris femineis appareant. [8] Impotentia planetarum est tardus gressus; in prima statione esse vel retroverti. [9] Pessima vero Veneris et ~1ercurii retrogradatio, precipue cum a Sole occuluntur vel in gradibus tenebrosis reperiuntur. [10] In signis quoque femineis vel gradibus esse in die sub terra, in nocte supra; [11] in servitutis signo esse; non inesse alterutri vel firmo vel eius proximo; in loco etiam combusto, id est in Libra vel Scorpio esse, set etiam in alienatione; stellam etiam retrogradam respicere. [12] Trium etiam superiorum in occidentali apparere vel in quartis femineis esse. [13] Set et Solis inpotentia est in quadra feminea vel signis 87 femineis esse. [15J Infortunium stellarum est malivolis sociari; in malivolarum oppositione esse; malivolam etiam in hora thematis non modice ortam esse. [16] !vlaximum autem infortunium est malivole se applicantes ab ea non recipi. [17] In Draconum etiam suorum Capite vel Cauda esse; si etiam inter eas et Draconem .xii. gradus vel minus fuerint; pessimum vero si Luna in his lods fuerit. [19] Natura autem Capitis Draconis 88 secundum philosophorum veterrimos augmentativa est: siquidem felix fuerit, ad bonum addit; sin autem in ipso malivola stella fuerit, ad malum;

This so far. But' now the fourth promise must be fulfilled. [2] The good fortune of the stars, then, is if a benefic aspects a benefic from sextile, quartile, trine or conjunction; nor should they be aspected by mF\lefics; also to aim from a benefic to a benefic, being well placed between two good fortunes; but also if the benefics are in the same degree or dakaica; moreover, they should aspect the Sun from sextile or trine; [3] but also swift motion and increase of light; also to be in a place in which they enjoy some dignity or joy; but also in bright degrees or places suited to their sex. [4] The power of the stars is that they should rise in shemeli or be situated there; that they should be moving to their apogee; also to be in the second station; to be leaving the rays of the Sun; to be in a firm sign or the one next to it; [5J of the three superior ones is to appear in the morning; to be irradiated by a stronger starj30 also to be in masculine quadrants. [6] For when the Sun is in masculine quadrants and masculine signs, it will be strong, Libra excepted, in which, although it is masculine, the Sun is less strong. [7] The power of the inferior ones is that they should appear in the West or in feminine quadrants. [8] The weakness of the planets is slow course; to be in the first station or to retrograde. [9] The worst is the retrogradation of Venus and Mercury, especially when they are hidden by the Sun or are found in dark degrees. [10] Also to be in fenlinine signs or degrees by day under the earth, at night above; [11 J to be in the sign of their fall; to descend in genubi; not to be in one of the two - the fixed or the one next to it; also to be in the burnt path, Le., Libra or Scorpio; but also in their detriment; also to aspect a retrograding star. [12] Also, of the three superior ones, to appear in the western or to be in feminine quadrants. [13] But the weakness of the Sun is also to be in a feminine quadrant or feminine signs. [15] The misfortune of the stars is to associate with the malefics; to be in opposition to the malefics; also for a malefic to hav~ risen not a little in the hour of the theme. [16J The greatest misfortune is for them to be applying to a malefic but not received by it. [17] Also to be in the Head or Tail of their dragons; also if between them and the dragon there are 12 degrees or less; but the worst is if the Moon is in these places. [19] The nature of the Head according to the most ancient of philosophers is increasing: if it is fortunate, it adds to the good; but if a malefic star is

0

83 84

85 86 87 88

S in margin S adds{h' in margin. ne tamen S quidem S signos S S adds 'Dracol1is' above line.

30 The Latin probably misread 'kana aqwa' Cit is stronger') as 'kaukab aqwa' Cby a stronger planet').

122

YSAGOGA MINOR

Cauda vero id quod invenit econtrario minuens: Caput autem cum bono bonum, cum malo malum. [20] Cauda vera cum bono mala, cum malo bona. [21] Est et aliud infortunii genus quod inportunitas 89 dicitur. Hec autem duplex est. [22JPrimo, cum stella aliqua inter duas malivolas vel inter duos radios malivolarum 9o vel si a malivola ad malivolam tendat. SiIniliterque de radiis. [23J Secunda species inportunitatisest si in edem signa cum malivola societur vel cum luce eius; vel si in duodecimo 91 ab eo signa malivolam repperit; vel si in eo malivola reperta non fuerit, ipsum signum ad inportunitatem sufficit. [24] Si tamen earn in hoc loco Sol sive alia prospera respexerit, a malo solvitur. Quod si ipsa a gradu Solis septirnum occupaverit, [25] vel si ante eam et post earn benivole stelle fuerint, optime liberatur. [26J Lune vero infortunia undecim: primum, eclipsis, precipue curn 92 in horoscopo fuerit, vel in trigonali vel tetragonali ab eo. [27J Secundum, cum a Sole occultatur. Tercium, quando Soli opponitur vel ab opposito .xii. gradibus ante vel retro distat vel si in quarto a Sole fuerit. [28] Quartum, si malivolis coniungatur aut ab eis respiciatur. Quintum, cum in duodecatemorio Saturni vel Martis fuerit. (29} Sextum, in Draconis Capite vel Cauda. Septimum, in enubi, precipue si in quadra descendente fuerit. [30J Octavum, in via combusta. Nonum, in extremo signi; ibi enin1 finis est infortunii. [31 J Decimum, in motus tarditate. Undecimum, in signa nona ab horoscopo. [32] Sciri etiam stellarum duodecatelTIOrion convenit. Stella igitur in quolibet gradu existente, numero ipsius gradus per duodenarium multiplicaio93 atque inde producto sequentibus signis diviso, ultimum 94 recipiens stelle duodecatemorion dicetur. [33] Si ergo benivola fuerit stella, et duodecatemorion bonum erit. Sin autem malivola, /86r/ malum. [34) Set et planetarum mutatio intelligenda est; qu~ quidem 95 quinquipertita est: prima, cum in stone secunda vel prima fuerit. [35] Secunda, dunl Sale occultatur vel ab occultu exit. Tercia, quotiens benivolus ad n1alum se applicat vel eum negligit. [36] Quarta, dum ad gradum servitutis vel regni tendit. Quinta, cum in ultimo signi gradu fuerit.

89 90 91

92

93 94

95

elkekar Tj a later hand in S adds in margin: 'elhekar'. A later hand in S corrects from (benivolarum l • A later hand in S corrects from (.xi.'. A later hand in S corrects from 'est'. ducto DL ultirnus S quod S

FOURTH DISCOURSE

123

in it, to the bad; but the Tail on the other hand is diminishing what it finds. [20] The Head with a good is good, with a bad is bad; but the Tail with a good is bad, with a bad is good. [21] There is also another kind of misfortune which is called 'importunity'. This is of two kinds. (22] First, when a star is between two malefics or two rays of malefics, or if it ainlS from a malefic to a malefic (and similarly concerning rays). [23] The second species of importunity is if in the same sign it associates with a malefic or with its light; or it finds a malefic in the twelfth sign from it; or if in that sign a malefic is not found, the sign itself is sufficient for the importunity. [24] However, if the Sun or another benefic aspects in this place, it is released from the evil. But if it occupies the seventh degree from the degree of the Sun, (25] or if before and after it there are beneficial stars, it is liberated in the best way. ' [26] But the misfortunes of the Moon are eleven. The first, eclipse, especially when it is in the horoscope, or in trine or quartile from it. [27J The second, when it is hidden by the Sun. The third, when it is in opposition to the Sun or is distant from opposition by 12 degrees infront or behind, or is in quartile aspect from the Sun. [28] The fourth, if it is in conjunction with the malefics or is aspected by them. The fifth, when it is in the dodecatemorion of Saturn or Mars. [29} The sixth, in the Head or Tail of the Dragon. The seventh, in genubi, especially if it is in a descending quadrant. [30] The eighth, in the burnt path. The ninth, at the end of a sign; for there is the term of a malefic. [31] The tenth, in slowness of motion. The eleventh, in the ninth sign from the horoscope. [32J It is appropriate also for the dodecatemoria of the stars to be known. When a star, then, is in a degree, the number of that degree is multiplied by twelve and the product is divided among the signs that follow; the last will be called the dodecatemorion of the star. [33] If, then, the star is a benefic, the dodecatemorion also will be good; but if it.is a malefic, bad. [34] But one must also understand the changing of the planets. This is of five parts: first, when it is in the second or first station. [35J The second is when it is hidden by the Sun or comes out of hiding. The third is whenever a benefic applies to a malefic or separates from it. (36] The fourth, while it aims for the degree of its dejection or exaltation. The fifth, when it is in the last degree of a sign.

125

124 [1 J Sermo quintus 96

[1] The Fifth Discourse

[2J is 97 perspectis, hoc etiam non minori diligentia attendendum est, quia cum planetarum circuli alii supra alios locati sint, omnium supremus Saturnus reperitur. [3] Circulus autem secundus, Iovis; tercius vera, Martis; quartus, Solis; quintus, Veneris; sextus, Mercurii; septimus, Lune. [4J Saturni autem natura maligna; est enim frigid us et siccus; melancolicus; obscurus; fetidus; edax; bone societatis tamen; [5J in mollibus officiosus et aquis et ripis et araturis et plantis et manuum operibus; et quando censum prebet, multum prebet; et quando aufert, multum aufert; avaIus; in Ionginquis et frigidis Iocis peregrinus; aliud in are, aliud in co/de habens; in malo sollicitus; proditor; solitarius; coactor; raptor; tortor; incarcerator; [6J veredicus tamen; intelligens; inveterator; letifer; hereditarius; vetera captansj [7J avorum et atavorum 98 et patrum et germanos prenatos et captivos; in scientia sollicitus; taciturnus. [8J Iupiter autem prosper; nature calide et humide; aereus; medialis; [9J viviflcus; potens in fllios et philosophiam et magistros; somnia solvens; veridicus; [10] legis dator; medicus; constans; mulierum amator, eis iocundus; questionum solutor; victor; largus; regalis; potens; dives; patronus; vigil; misericors; letusj iocosus; mundus. (11] Mars malivolus; calidus et siccus; igneus; colericus; amarus; pulcher; fortis; pars eius in homine fel, renes, nervi, testiculi; [12] in regionibus ignea, insperata; prefectus; raptor; in lite et bellis et suspendiis sollicitus; [13] tortor; proscriptor; mendax; parve libidinis; peremptor spermatis in muliere, prematurum expellens partum; diversas terras occupans; peregrinus; viatorum insidiator; [14J supra mediales germanos; equorum procurator; sepulchrorum scrutator; defunctorum suspensor, et similia. [15) Sol autem benivolus; calidus et siccus; colericus; [16] vivificusj fulgens; diurnus; sensiflcus; sapiens; intelligens; somniatof; dominator; [17] conciliator;99 dives; dignus; facundus; premeditator; philosophus;

[2] Having thoroughly investigated these things, this too should be observed with no less diligence, that since the circles of the planets are placed some above others, Saturn is found to be highest. [3] The second circle is of Jupiter; but the third, of Mars; the fourth, of the Sun; the fifth, of Venus; the sixth, of Mercury; the seventh, of the Moon. [4] The nature of Saturn is malefic; for it is cold and dry; of black bile; dark; ill-smelling; much eating; of good companionship however; [5] exercising his profession in soft things, waters, river-banks, ploughing, plants and manual labour; and when it provides wealth, it provides much; and when it takes away, it takes away much; greedy, wandering in far-off and cold places;31 having one thing in the mouth, another in the heart; occupied in evil; a betrayer; solitary; a forcer; a seizer; a torturer; a gaoler; [6] truthful however; intelligent; making things old; bringing death; inheriting; seeking old things;32 [7] of grandfathers, great-grandfathers and fathers, older brothers and captives; busy in studying; prone to silence. 33 [8] Jupiter is benefic; of a hot and moist nature; airy; temperate;

[9] life-bringing; powerful over children, philosophy and teachers; interpreting dreams; truthful; [lOla law-giver; a doctor; constant; a lover of women, and pleasant to them; a solver of questions; a victor; generous; royal; powerful; rich; a patron; vigilant; kind; happy; joyful; clean. [11] Mars is malefic; hot and dry; fiery; choleric; bitter; beautiful; strong; its portion in man is the gall, the kidneys, the sinews and the testicles;34 [12] in regions fiery things, unhoped-for things; a chief; seizing; occupied in contention, wars and hangings; [13] a torturer; a proscriber; a liar; of little libido; a destroyer of the seed in the \\roman, expelling the premature fetus; occupying various lands; wandering; a highwayman; [14] over middle brothers; a dealer in horses; an investigator of tombs; a suspender of dead men, and similar things. [15] The Sun is benefic; hot and dry; choleric; [16] life-bringing; shining; belonging to the day; revealing; wise; intelligent; an interpreter 31 'Cold' , while missing in BP, occurs in this context in K; see VII.9, p. 412.11: 'al-asfiir al-ba1lda wa-I-baradlya' ('far-off and cold journeys'). 32 This may reflect the reading 'al-asya al-qa:dIma' in K, VII.9, p. 413.2. 33 d. K, VII.9, p. 413.7: ' long in deliberation, few in words'. 34 The phrase 'its portion testicles' appears neither in BP nor in K. However,

96

S in margin

97

S adds 'h' in margin. aravorum S consiliator D L

98 99

a very similar phrase occurs in a section on the planets and the parts of the body in Adelard's translation of the Liber Prestigiorum Thebidis secundum Ptolemeum et Hermetem, MS Lyon, Bibliotheque municipale, 328, fol. 73v: 'Martis renes et nervi, testiculi et cor et fel et os'. But here Adelard refers the reader back to the Ysagoga: 'hec quidem omnia .. , in Ysagogis exposita ... '

126

YSAGOGA MINOR

legis dator; religiosus; [18] supra fratres medianos; sociator; [19] celerator boni etmali dator; sustinens ac deprimens. [20] Venus autem benivola;loo frigida et humida; flegmatica; medialis; [21] supra aquas et ripas et fratres tninores; munda; monilia et aurum et argentum et musica instrumenta et voluptates et gaudia prebens. [22] Est autem ociosa; ebriosa; cum mulieribus fornicosa; larga; communicans; formarum captans; (23) legem non destruens. [24] Mercurius nature promiscue cum omnibus planetis et signis, masculus cum masculis, femina cUIn feminabus, nocturnus cum nocturnis, diurnis, calidus cum calidis, frigid us cum frigidis; [25} supra iuvenes et minores fratres; miserorum liberos amans et congregans 101 ; alnicos querens; [26] ca lidus; interpres; omnes artes superans; computator; geometer; astrologus; augur; expositor verus; musice repertor et scriba; hystoriographus; [27] parvi gaudii; census perditor, dator et acceptor; malivolus; deceptor; instabilis; obediens; paciens; par[tJum possidens. [28J Luna benivola; frigida et humida; flegmatica; medialis; parunlper calida eo quod lux eius a Sole sit; (29} supra gaudium potens; munda; consulta; supra officiorum oinnium inceptiones; regalis; vitam augens; presul; [30] consiliatrix supra rura et aquas et earum cursus; nuptialis; supra sorores; partus creans; matres servans et earum sorores sirniliter et patrum; [31] et legatos et legationes et verba vera 102 et fortune prosperitates; secreta non celans; seminum terrestrium habunda. [32] Nunc autem quis diei quive nocti presit, dicendum est. [33] PriIna ergo ebdomadis Solis est; secunda Lune; tercia Martis; quarta Mercuriij quinta lovis; sexta Veneris; septima Saturni. [34] Singulorum etiam dierum hora prima domini ipsius ferie erit. Cetere vero secundum planetarum ordinem ipsis date sunt, [35] ita videlicet ut post Lunam Saturno detur, deinde aliis.

100

A later hand in S corrects from 'malivola'. above line: 'adunans'.

101 S adds 102 vere S

FIFTH DISCOURSE

127

of dreams; a ruler; [17] a peace-maker; rich; worthy; eloquent; considering in advance; a philosopher; a law-giver; religious; [18} over middle brothers; a socializer; [19] a hastener of good and a giver of evil; raising and bringing down. [20] Venus is benefic; cold and moist; phlegmatic; telnperate; [21] over waters, river banks 35 and YOl~nger brothers; clean; providing ornaments, gold, silver, musical instruments, delights and joys. [22J She is lazy; drunk; fornicating with women; generous; sharing; paying court to beautiful forms; [23] not destroying the law. [24] Mercury is of a promiscuous nature with all the planets and signs: masculine with masculine, feminine with feminine; nocturnal with nocturnal, diurnal with diurnal; hot with hot; cold with cold; [25J over young men and younger brothers; loving and collecting the children of the poor; seeking friends; [26] witty; an interpreter; mastering all the arts; a calculator; a geometer; an astrologer; an augur; a true expositor; a composer and writer of music; a writer of history; [27] of little joy; a destroyer of wealth; a giver and receiver; malefic; a deceiver; unstable; obedient; patient; possessing little. [28] The Moon is benefic; cold and moist; phlegmatic; temperate; a little hot because its light is from the Sun; [29] powerful over joy; dean; well-advised (?); over the beginnings of all occupations; royal; increasing life; a bishop; [30] a manager of the countryside and waters and their courses; marrying; over sisters; creating pregnancies; taking care of mothers and their sisters, likewise the sisters of fathers; [31 J and ambassadors, embassies, true words and the prosperities of fortune; not hiding secrets; having an abundance of the seeds of the earth. 36 [32] Now one must say which presides over the day and which over the night. [33) The first day of the week, then, is the Sun's; the second, the Moon's; the third, Mars's; the fourth, Ivlercury's; the fifth, Jupiter's; the sixth, Venus's; the seventh, Saturn's. [34J Of each day also the first hour will belong to the Lord of that week-day. But the others are given to them according to the order of the planets, [35] in such a way, that is, that after the Moon is given to Saturn, then to the others.

35 36

B.

Perhaps misreading 'al-nisa' wa-I-ummahat' as 'al-miyah wa-l-anhar'. This may reflect the reading of P ('al-rizq' = 'provisions') rather than that of

128

129

[1] Sermo sextus 103

[1] The Sixth Discourse

[2] d cehem nominanda tractatus orcio nos invitat. [3] Primum ergo cehem fortune et prosperitatis dicitur, quod hoc modo invenitur: in die quidem 104 a Sale usque ad Lunam gradus numerentur, nocte vera a Luna ad Solem; addantur autem his gradus signi horoscopici a primo Siglli gradu usque ad ipsum horoscopum. Hec autem SU111ma per cetera signa dividatur, ab ipso horoscopo incipiens. Ultimus cnim recipiens cehelll fortune significat. Si vero Sol et Luna in uno gradu fuerint, erit cehem prosperitatis in ipso horoscopo. [4] Ceherl1 vero abscentie 105 in die quidem a Luna ad Solem, nocte vera a Sale ad Lunam, factaque additione sicut prediximus recipientium ultinlus locum qu~situm ostendet. [6] Cehenl appetitus 106 et societatis 107 hoc modo invenitur: Sumptis quidenl 108 gradibus a parte fortune usque ad partern non apparentie, addentur gradus a prirno signi orientis usque ad ipsum horoscopum, SUlllmamque ut dictum est distribuendo, ultimus recipiens partem appetitus et societatis signabit. Hoc autem in die; llocte vero a parte non apparentie usque ad partem 109 . Cetera ut superius exsequere. (7] Cehem forme et perfectionis llO sequitur cehem Veneris. (8] Cehem sollicitudinis inefficacis sic: in die quidenl a cehem non apparencie usque ad cehem fortune numerabitur; nocte vera econverso. Cetera ut superius. [9] Cehelu litigii et discidii 111 sic: in die quidem a fv1arte usque ad gradurn cehem fortune; /86v/ nocte vera econtrario 1l2 . Cetera ut superius. [13] Ceheul observationis vite l13 sic: numerabitur a gradu coniunctionis Solis et Lune usque ad locum Lune, iungeturque hic numerus cum numero 1l4 horoscopi. Cetera ut superius. Hoc autem a primilunio usque ad pleniluniurn. A tempore vera plenilunii ab ipso plenilunii gradu incipienda conlputatio. Cetera ut superius.

[2] The order of the treatise invites us to name the cehem. [3] The first, then, is called the cehem of fortune and prosperity, and is found in this way: by day the degrees are counted from the Sun to the Moon, but by night from the Moon to the Sun. The degrees of the horoscopic sign from the first degree of the sign to the horoscope itself are added to these. The sum is divided through the rest of the signs, starting fronl the horoscope itself. The last to receive indicates the cehem of fortune. But if the Sun and the Moon are in the same degree, the cehem of prosperity will be in the horoscope itself. [4} The cehem of absence: by day from the Moon to the Sun, but by night from the Sun to the Moon. \Vhen the addition has been made as we have described before, the last of the receiving will show the required place. [6] The cehem of desire and companionship is found in this way: when the degrees from the lot of fortune as far as the lot of the nonappearance have been taken, the degrees from the first of the rising sign as far as the horoscope itself will be added, and by distributing the SUll1 as has been said, the last to receive the number will point out the lot of desire and companionship. This is the case by day; but by night, from the lot of the non-appearance as far as the lot of fortune. [7) The cehem of beauty and perfection follows the cehem of Venus. 37 [8] The cehem of useless concern thus: by day it will be counted from the cehem of the non-appearance as far as the cehem of fortune; but by night, the converse. [9J The cehem of litigation and controversy,38 thus: by day from Mars as far as the degree of the cehem of fortune; but by night, the converse. The rest, as above. [10]-[12]39 [13] The cehem of the observation of life thus: it will be counted from the degree of the conjunction of the Sun and the Moon to the place of the Moon. This number will be added to· the nunlber of the horoscope. The rest, as above. This is fronl New Moon to Full Moon. But from Full Moon, the computation must begin from the degree of the- Full 1\;loon itself. The rest, as above.

Sin mar'i?;in quod S 105 S adds above line: 'elgaib'. 106 S adds above line: 'elhob'; D in margin: 'helhob'. 107 S adds above line: 'elulfa'; D in margin: 'elufa'. 108 quod S 109 partes S 110 S adds in margin: 'elshebeb' «al-sabab?). 111 S adds in margin: 'elsheiaa'. 112 ecorario S 113 S adds in margin: 'elhileth'. 114 S repeats 'cum numero'. 103 104

37 The word in the margin of S 'elshebeb' - suggests that the Arabic word for 'youthfulness' ('al-sabab') was in the translator's original text. 38 The significance of this lot in Latin is considerably different from that suggested by the Arabic, but the word in the margin of S - 'elsheiaa' - clearly suggests that the translator had infront of him the word we find in BP - 'al-saga'a' ('boldness'). 39 These lots are missing in the Latin text.

130

YSAGOGA MINOR

(14) Cehem facultatis 115 sic: in die quidem a loco domini domicilii facultatis usque ad [19] Solem computabitur. Cetera ut superius. Si vero Sol in suo domicilio vel in domicilio Saturni fuedt, a Sole ad Saturnum in die, nocte vero a Saturno ad Solem, ubicumque Saturnus fuerit, computabitur. [20] Cehem camporum et virgultorum 116 sic: numerabitur a Saturno ad Lunam die vel nocte. Cetera ut superius. [22] Cehem filiorum sic: a Sale usque ad Saturnum in die, a Saturno vero ad ~olem in nocte computabitur. Cetera ut superius. [23] Estque hoc cehem simile cehem vite. [24J Cehem temporis filiorum 117 sic monstratur: die et nocte a Marte usque ad Solem nurnerabitur. Cetera ut superius. [25) Cehern cognoscendi proprietates liberorum masculorum sic: die ac nocte a Luna ad Saturnum numerandus est. Cetera ut superius. [26] Cehem conditionis filiarum sic: a Luna ad Venerem tam die quanl nocte numerandus. Cetera ut superius. [27] Cehem discretionis partus ante ortum, utrum scilicet masculus an femina, sic: in die quideln a domino domicilii in quo fuerit Luna usque ad Lunaln, nocte econtra numerabitur. Cetera ut superius. (28J Ce~em egritudinis et senectutis et mortis sic: in die quidenl a Saturno ad Martern, nocte econtrario nunlerabitur. Cetera ut superius. [29] Cehem servorurn suorurn sic: die aut nocte a Mercurio ad Lunarn. Cetera ut superius. [31] Cehem nuptiarurn pro viris sic: die aut nocte a Sole usque ad Venerem. Cetera ut superius. [30] Secundum Herrnetem vero a Venere ad Solem. [32] Cehenl nuptiarum pro mulieribus sic secundum Hermetem: die ac nocte a Venere ad Saturnum. Cetera ut superius. [34] Cehem cognoscendi quando a parentibus danda fuerit filia sic: die ac nocte a Luna ad Martern.

115 116 117

S adds in margin: 'elmel'. S adds in margin: 'elhakaret'. S adds this word above 'temporis'.

SIXTH DISCOURSE

131

(14] The cehem of wealth thus: it will be computed by day from the place of the Lord of the house of wealth as far as [19]40 the Sun. The rest, as above. But if the Sun is in its own house or in the house of Saturn, it will be computed fronl the Sun to Saturn by day, but by night from Saturn to the Sun, wherever Saturn is. (20] The cehem of commons and shrubs thus: it will be counted from Saturn to the 1--100n by day and by night. The rest, as above. [22] The cehem of the sons thus: it will be computed from the Sun as far as Saturn by day, but from Saturn to the Sun by night. The rest, as above. [23] This cehem is similar to the cehem of life. [24] The cehem of the tiule of the sons is shown in this way: by day and by night it will be counted fronl Mars as far as the Sun. The rest, as above. [25J The cehem for knowing the properties of the nlale children thus: by day and by night it should be counted from the Moon to Saturn. The rest, as above. [26] The cehem of the condition of the daughters thus: it should be counted from the Moon to Venus both by day and by night. The rest, as above. (27} The cehem for determining before the birth of the child, whether it is masculine or feminine, thus: it will be counted by day from the Lord of the house in which the Moon is as far as the Moon, by night, the contrary. The rest, as above. [28] The cehem of illness, old age and death, thus: it will be counted by day fronl Saturn to Mars, by night, the opposite. The rest, as above. [29] The cehem of his own slaves, thus: by day and night from Nlercury to the Moon. The rest, as above. [31] The cehem of marriage for men, thus: by day and night from the Sun as far as Venus. The rest, as above. (30) But according to Hermes, from Venus to the Sun. 41 [32] The cehem of marriage for women, thus according to Hermes: by day and by night from Venus to Saturn. The rest, as above. [34] The cehem for knowing when the daughter will have to be given by the parents, thus: by day and night from the Moon to Mars. [35}42 40 The text has become corrupted here either because of a confusion in the Arabic original or a mistake by a scribe. The last part <;>f the lot of wealth is missing and the text cuts to the last part of the lot of the grandfathers. The lot of the brothers (15) is completely absent, but the lots of the death of the brothers (16) and the fathers (17), and the first part of the lot of the grandfathers (19) appears after the lot of the troubled place (40 below). 41 Lots 30 and 31 have been reversed, and the attribution of lot 31 to Vettius Valens (Walls) is omitted. 42 The lot of the time of marriage according to Hermes is missing.

132

[36] Cehem mortis sic: die et nocte a Luna usque ad signum ab horoscopo octavum, superaddito numero graduum Saturni in quocumque fuerit signo. Hec autem summa distribuetur incipiendo a primo gradu signi in quo fuerit Saturnus, ultimusque recipiens cehem monstrat. [37] Cehem stelle interfectionis sic: in die quidem a gradu in quo fuerit dominus horoscopici signi usque ad Lunam; nocte vero econtrario. Cetera ut sfiperius. [38] Cehem anni de morte aut de egritudine suspecti sic: die et nocte a Saturna usque ad dominum signi coniunctionis Solis et Lune, si videbitur Luna crescens. Si vero decrescens videbitur, a Saturna ad darninum signi plenilunii. C~tera ut superius. {39] Est autem hoc u8 cehem siInile cehem finiendi negotia. [40] Cehem egritudinis gravissime et membri passionis sic: in die quidem a Saturno ad l\t1artem, nocte vera 'econtrario. [16] CeheIn' mortis fratruIn sic: in die quidem a Sale usque ad gradurn meridianum, nocte econverso. Cetera ut superius. [17] Cehern patrum sic: in die a Sale ad Saturnunl; nocte econverso. Cetera ut 1l9 superius. Quod si Saturnus cum So1e 120 fuerit, loco eius Jupiter ponetur. (19] Cehem avorum sic: in die quidem a domino signi in quo fuerit So1 121 usque ad Saturnum, nocte vera econverso, et cetera. (42J Cehem itineris sic: die et nocte a domino noni signi usque ad gradum noni, et cetera. [43J Cehem navigationis sic: in die a Saturno usque ad quintum decimuIu graduln Cancri, nocte econverso. Quod si Saturnus in quinto x. Cancri fuerit, erunt duces huius cehem Saturnus et horoscopos. [44] Cehem sensus et providentie sic: a Saturno ad Lunam in die, nocte vera econtra, a Luna ad Saturnum, etc., estque hoc cehem simile ei quod est officiorum. [45] Cehem de veritate et falsitate nuntiorum sic: in die quidem a Mercurio ad Lunam, etc., [46] estque hoc simile ei quod est servorum. [47] Cehem de nobilitate vel ignobilitate partus sic: in die quidem 122 a Sole usque ad regnum suum; noctu vero a Luna usque ad regnum suum. Quod si in regno suo fuerit, erit cehem in ipso horoscopo.

118 119

120 121 122

SIXTH DISCOURSE

YSAGOGA MINOR

hec S vero S Sola S Solis S quod S

133

[36] The cehem of death, thus: by day and night from the Moon as far as the eighth sign from the horoscope, having added the number of degrees Saturn has in whatever sign it is. This sum will be distributed starting from the first degree of the sign in which Saturn is. The last to receive the number shows the cehem. [37] The cehe1n of the star of killing, thus: by day from the degree in which the Lord of the horoscopic sign is, as far as the Moon, but by night, the opposite. The rest, as above. [38J The cehem of the year suspected of death or illness, thus: by day and by night from Saturn as far as the Lord of the sign of the conjunction of the Sun and the Moon, if the Moon will be seen waxing. But if it will be seen waning, from Saturn to the Lord of the sign of the Full Moon. The rest, as above. [39] This cehem is similar to the cehem of finishing businesses. [40] The cehem of very severe disease and the illness of a part of the body, thus: by day from Saturn to Mars; by night, the opposite. [16]43 The cehem of the death of the brothers, thus: by day from the Sun as far as the degree of the meridian; by night, the converse. The rest, as above. [17] The cehem of the fathers, thus: by day from the Sun to Saturn; by night, the converse. The rest, as above. But if Saturn is with the Sun, Jupiter will be put in its place. [19] The cehem of the grandfathers, thus: by day from the Lord of the sign in which the Sun is, as far as Saturn; but by night, the converse, etc. [42] The cehem of the journey, thus: by day and night from the Lord of the ninth sign as far as the degree of the ninth, etc. [43] The lot of the voyage, thus: by day from Saturn as far as the 15th degree of Cancer; by night, the converse. But if Saturn is in the 15th degree of Cancer, the leaders of this cehem will be Saturn and the horoscope. [44] The cehem of good sense and providence, thus: from Saturn to the Moon by day, but by night the contrary - from the Moon to Saturn, etc. and this cehem is similar to that which is of professions. [45] The cehem concerning the truth and falsity of rumours, thus: by day from Mercury to the Moon, etc. [46] and this is similar to that which is of slaves. [47] The cehem of the nobility or 'baseness of the fetus, thus: by day from the Sun to its exaltation; but by night from the Moon to its exaltation. But if it is in its exaltation, the cehem will be in the horoscope itself. 43

[16J-[19] (first part) have been displaced from their correct position; see above.

134

YSAGOGA MINOR

[48] Cehenl regni et imperii sic: in die a Marte usque ad Lunam; noctu vero econverso, etc. [491 Cehem officii regii pueri 123 sic: die sive nocte a Saturno ad Lunam, etc. [51] Cehem superbie sic: die quidem a Venere ad Lunam; noctu econtra, etc. [53J Cehem sociorum sic: die et nocte a Luna ad Mercurium, etc. [55] Cehem inimicorum sic: die noctuve a gradu domicilii inimicorum usque ad dominum ipsius domicilii, etc. [52) Cehem spei sic: sive die sive nocte 124 a Saturno usque ad Martem, etc., ut superius determinata sunt.

123 124

.11. filii regis S above line; regalis filii DL sive die sive die nocte sive S (second 'sive die' crossed out; third 'sive' expunged).

SIXTH DISCOURSE

135

[48J The cehem of the rule and the empire, thus: by day from Mars as far as the Moon; but by night, the converse, etc. (49] The cehem of the profession of the royal child, thus: by day or night from Saturn to the Moon, etc. (51] The cehem of pride, thus: by day from Venus to the Moon; by night, the contrary, etc. [53] The cehem of companions, thus: by day and by night from the Moon to Mercury, etc. [54]44 [55] The cehem of enemies, thus: by day or night frolll the degree of the house of the enemies as far as the Lord of that house, etc. [52] The cehem of hope, thus: whether by day or by night, froin Saturn as far as Mars, etc., as has been determined above.

44 The lot of enemies according to some of the Ancients is missing, and the Latin text gives no attribution to lot 55.

137

136 [1] Sermo septimus 125

[1] The Seventh Discourse

is 126 hactenus determinatis, deinceps agendum est de donis temporUlll, set etiam de finibus secundum Medorum 127 philosophos atque etianl novenis 128 et gradibus tenebrosis et umbrosis et lucidis et vacuis, demum etiam masculinis et femininis, gradUUITlque diversitatibus. [2]
lanete I29 igitur certos decernunt annos. [3] Anni namque Solis sunt decelll, anni Veneris .viii., anni l\1ercurii .xiii., Lune .ix., Saturni .xi., Iovis .xii., Ivlartis septem, Draconis autem Capitis quidem tres, Caude vera duo. Fiuntque orones anni .lxxvii. [4J Dividuntur autem anni isti in tres donationes,13o maximam et nledialll et 111inimam. [5J Maxima itaque Solis .cxx. sunt anni, Veneris vera .lxxxii. anni, l'v1ercurii .lxxvi., Lune centum et octo, Saturni .lvii., Iovis .lxxix., l\1artis .lxvi. [6] .l\:Iedialis vero Solis .xxxix. anni et diITlidius, Veneris .xlv., Mercurii .xlviii., Lune .xxxix. et semis,131 Saturni .xliii. et semis, Iovis .xlv. et semis, l\1artis .xl. et semis. [7J Minima autem Solis quidem .xix., Veneris octo, Mercurii .xx., Lune .xxv., Saturni .xxx., Iovis .xxii., Martis .xv. (8] Dati sunt autem anni isti planetis /87r/ plurinli quidem secundum fines quos in signis optinent, exigui 132 vera secundum minorem circulum, lllediaies vero partim 133 secundunl hOC,134 partim secundum illud. [9J Solis itaque et Lune anni plurimi secundum circulum maiorem, pauciores vero seCUndUITl minoreln, mediales secundum lnedialem. [10] Fines autem secundum Med[i]os135 sic distinguntur. In Ariete Iupiter sex gradus optinet, Venus totidem, Mercurius octo, Mars quinque, Saturnus t~tiden1. [11] In Tauro Venus octo, Mercurius sex, Iupiter octo, Saturnus quinque, Mars tres. [12] In Geminis Mercurius sex, Iupiter sex, Venus quinque, Mars septem, Saturnus sex. [13] In Cancro Mars septem, Venus .vi., Mercurius .vi., Iupiter .vii., Saturnus quatuor. [14J In Leone Iupiter .vi., Venus .v., Saturnus .vii., :rvlercurius .vL, Mars .vi. [15] In Virgine Mercurius .vii., Venus .x., Jupiter quatuor, Mars .vii. ,

Having determined these things .so far, next one should deal with the gifts of times, but also the terms according to the philosophers of the Medes, and also the ninth-parts and the dark, shadowy, bright and empty degrees, and finally also the masculine and feminine degrees and the differences of the (~egrees. [2] The planets, then, deternline certain of years. [3] For the years of the Sun are 10, the years of Venus 8, the years of Mercury, 13, of the Moon 9, of Saturn 11, of Jupiter 12, of Mars 7, of the Head of the Dragon 3, but of the Tail 2. All the years make up 77. [4] These years are divided into three donations, a largest, a middle and a smallest. [5] Thus the largest of the Sun are 120 years, but of Venus 82 years, of Mercury 76, of the Moon 108, of Saturn 57, of Jupiter 79, of Mars 66. [6] The medi~m donation of the Sun is 39 years and a half, of Venus 45, of Mercury 48, of the Moon 39 and a half, of Saturn 43 and a half, of Jupiter 45 and a half, of Mars 40 and a half. [7] The smallest donation of the Sun is 19, of Venus 8, of Mercury 20, of the Moon 25, of Saturn 30, of Jupiter 22, of Mars 15. [8J45 These years are given to the planets the most numerous are given according to the terms which they have in the signs, but the shortest according to their smaller circle,46 but the medium ones partly according to the latter, partly according to the fanner. (9] Thus, the most numerous years of the Sun and the Moon are given according to their greater circle, but the less numerous according to their smaller circle, the medium according to their mean. [10] The terms according to the Medes are distinguished in this way. In Aries Jupiter has 6 degrees, Venus the same, Mercury 8, Mars 5, Saturn the same. [11] In Taurus, Venus 8, Mercury 6, Jupiter 8, Saturn 5, Mars 3. [12J In Gemini, Mercury 6, Jupiter 6, Venus 5, Mars 7, Saturn 6. [13] In Cancer, Mars 7, Venus 6, Mercury 6, Jupiter 7, Saturn 4. [14] In Leo, Jupiter 6, Venus 5, Saturn 7, Mercury 6, Mars 6. [15] In Virgo, Mercury 7, Venus 10, Jupiter 4, Mars 7, Saturn 2. [16J In Libra, Saturn

125

126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135

S in margin S adds 'h' in margin. Egyptiorum D, Egiptiorum vel I'vledorum L. S adds in margin: 'Elnowarat'. S adds 'p' in margin. denorninationes D. S adds above line: 'nuzf'. S adds above line: 'vel pauciores'. partern S hec S Egipteos D

45 From this point onwards the Latin text gives information not in the Arabic text, but corresponding closely to the chapters in K. 46 Le., period.

138

YSAGOGA MINOR

Saturnus duos. [16] In Libra Saturnus .vi., Mercurius octo, Iupiter .vii., Venus .vii., Mars duos. [17J In Scorpione Mars .vii. , Venus quatuor, Mercurius octo, Iupiter .v., Saturnus .vi. [18J In Sagittario Iupiter .xii., Venus .v., Mercurius quatuor, Saturnus .v., Mars quatuor. [19] In Capricorna Mercurius .vii., Venus octo, Iupiter .vii., Saturnus quatuor, Mars quatuor. [20] In Aquario Mercurius .vii, Venus .vi., Jupiter .vii. , Mars .v., Saturnus .v. [21} In Piscibus Venus .xii., Iupiter quatuor, Mercurius .iii. ,Mars 9ix., Saturnus .ii. [22] Novena136 autem dicitur cum signum quodlibet secundum novenarium dividitur atque inde unicuique dividenti tres gradus attinent. [23] Incipiendo itaque ab Ariete, prima novena Marti dabitur, secunda vero domino Tauri, id est Veneri, tercia domino Geminorum, id est Mercurio; in ceteris quoqu~ eundem ordinem, secundum statum signorum et dominorum et elnowarat. [24] Secundum alios autem aliter: signis namque secundum novenarium divisis, prima novena Marti, secunda Soli, similiterque ceteris distribuentur ita ut post Lunam Saturnus ponatur. [25] De gradibus vero deinceps dicendum est. [26] In Ariete igitur tres primi gradus umbrosi, quinque vera tenebro , octo umbrosi, quatuor lucidi, quatuor tenebro, quinque lucidi, unus tenebrosus. [27J In Tauro quatuor umbrosi, septem tenebrosi, tres umbrosi, tres vacui, tres lucidi, quinque vacui, tres lucidi, duo vacui. [28] In Geminis septem lucidi, tres umbrosi, quinque lucidi, duo vacui, sex lucidi, septem umbrosi. [29] In Cancro .xii. lucidi, duo tenebrosi, quatuor umbrosi, duo indifferentes [lucidi], octo lucidi, duo umbrosi. [30J Leo vero decem primos habet tenebrosos, decem vacuos, quinque umbrosos, quinque lucidos. (31] Virgo autem sex tenebrosos, tres vacuos, duos umbrosos, sex lucidos, sex , quinque vacuos, duos nigros. [32] Libra quinque lucidos, quinque vacuos, octo lucidos, tres tenebrosos, sex lucidos, tres vacuos. [33] Scorpius tres tenebrosos, quinque lucidos, sex vacuos, sex lucidos, duos , quinque vacuos, tres tenebrosos. [34J Sagittarius novem lucidos, tres tenebrosos, septem lucidos, quatuor , septem lucidos. [35] Capricornus septem tenebrosos, tres lucidos, quinque < indifferentes> , quatuor lucidos,

136

D adds in margin: 'Elnourarat'.

SEVENTH DISCOURSE

139

6, Mercury 8, Jupiter 7, Venus 7, Mars 2. [17J In Scorpio, Mars 7, Venus 4, Mercury 8, Iupiter 5, Saturn 6. [18] In Sagittarius, Jupiter 12, Venus 5, Mercury 4, Saturn 5, Mars 4. [19J In Capricorn, Mercury 7, Venus 8, Jupiter 7,47 Saturn 4, l'vlars 4. [20] In Aquarius, Mercury 7, Venus 6, Jupiter 7, Mars 5, Saturn 5. [21] In Pisces, Venus 12, Jupiter 4, Mercury 3, Mars 9, Saturn 2. [22] It is called a 'ninth-part' when each sign is divided by nine and three degrees and a third come to each dividing . [23) So, beginning from Aries, the first ninth-part will be given to Nlars, but the second to the Lord of Taurus, i.e., Venus, the third to the Lord of Gemini, i.e., Mercury; for the rest also the same order: according to the position of the signs and the Lords the elnowarat also. [24] But according to others, a different way: for when the signs have been divided into nine, the first ninth-part will be given to !vIars, the second to the Sun, and similarly for the others, in such a way that Saturn is placed after the Moon. [25] But next one should speak of the degrees. [26J In Aries, therefore, the first three degrees are shadowy, but 5 are dark, 8 shadowy, 4 bright, 4 dark, 5 bright, one dark. [27] In Taurus, 4 shadowy, 7 dark, 3 shadowy, 3 empty, 3 bright, 5 empty, 3 bright, 2 empty.48 [28] In Gemini, 7 bright, 3 shadowy, 5 bright, 2 empty, 6 bright, 7 shadowy. [29] In Cancer, 12 bright, 2 dark, 4 shadowy, 2 indifferent, 8 bright, 2 shadowy. 49 (30) But Leo has the first 10 dark, 10 empty, 5 shadowy, 5 bright. 50 [31] Virgo: 6 dark, 3 empty, 2 shadowy, 6 bright, 6 indifferent, 5 empty, 2 black. 51 [32) Libra: 5 bright, 5 empty, 8 bright, 3 dark, 6 bright, 3 empty.52 [33] Scorpio: 3 dark, 5 bright, 6 empty, 6 bright, 2 indifferent,5 empty,53 3 dark. [34J Sagittarius: 9 bright, 3 dark, 7 bright, 4 indifferent, 7 bright. 54 [35] Capricorn: 7 dark, 3 bright, 5 indifferent,4 bright, 3 dark, 3 empty,

P and K, V.9, p. 290.5, give: 'Jupiter 7, Venus 8'. Cf. K, V.20, p. 301.5-6: 'Taurus: 3 shadowy, 7 bright, 2 empty, 8 bright, 5 empty, 3 bright, 2 shadowy'. 49 Cf K, ibid., 8-9: 'Cancer: 7 shadowy, 5 bright, 2 shadowy, 4 bright, 2 dark, 8 bright, 2 dark'. 50 Cf. K, ibid., 10-11: 'Leo: 7 bright, 3 shadowy, 6 dark, 5 empty, 9 bright'. 51 Cf. K, ibid., 11-13: 'Virgo: 5 shadowy, 4 bright, 2 empty, 6 bright, 4 dark, 7 bright, 2 empty'. . 52 cr. K, ibid., 13-15: 'Libra: 5 bright, 5 shadowy, 8 bright, 3 shadowy, 7 bright, 2 empty'. From here until the end of Capricorn, 'tenebrosus' translates 'shadowy' and 'indifferentes' translates 'dark'. 53 K gives 'bright'. 54 K gives 'shadowy'. 47

48

YSAGOGA MINOR

140

tres tenebrosos, tres vacuos, quinque tenebrosos. [36] Aquarius quatuor tenebrosos, quinque lucidos, quatuor umbrosos, octo lucidos, quatuor vacuos, quinque lucidos. [37] Pisces sex umbrosos, sex lucidos, sex Ulllbrosos, quatuor lucidos, tres vacuos, tres lucidos, duos umbrosos.1 37 (38] Sciendum igitur quoniam in gradibus lucidis potentia in bono augetur. In tenebrosis vero nocet et aufert. In vacuis nec hoc illud. In umbrosis vero parum nocumenti incumbit. [39J Disserendulll autem denique restat qui gradus masculini, quive feminini dicantur. Aries igitur septem primos masculinos habet, duos femininos, sex masculinos, septem femininos, octo masculinos. [40) Taurus septem masculinos, octo femininos, quindecim masculinos. [41] Gemini sex femininos, undecim masculinos, sex femininos, quatuor masculinos, tres femininos. (42) Cancri duos masculinos, quinque femininos, tres masculinos, duos femininos, uhdecim masculinos, quatuor femininos, tres masculinos. [43] Leo quinque masculinos, duos fetnininos, sex masculinos, decem femininos, septem masculinos. [44] Virgo septem femininos, quinque masculinos, octo femininos, decem masculinos. [45] Libra quinque masculinos, quinque femininos, undecim masculinos, femininos, duos masculinos. [46] Scorpius .iiii. masculinos, .vi. femininos, quatuor masculinos, .v. femininos, octo masculinos, tres femininos. [47] Sagittarius, duos maseulinos, tres femininos, septem masculinos, .xii. femininos, sex masculinos. [48] Capricornus .xi. masculinos, .viii. femininos, <.xi.> masculinos. [49] Aquarius quinque masculinos, .vii. femininos, sex masculinos, .vii. femininos, quinque masculinos. [50] Pisces, deeem masculinos, decem femininos, tres masculinos, quinque femininos, duos masculinos. [51J Hec autem iccirco excuti sumus, quoniam si masculorum thema in masculinos acciderit gradus, feminarumque in femininos, prospere cedunt. [52] Si vero econverso, econtrarium. [53] Licet autem diversis modis has parciones faciant, nos hane ut potissimam secuti sumus disciplinam. [54J Iuxta finem vera institutionis de puteis et excessibus dicendum videtur. [55) Sunt igitur in signis gradus quidam qui putei dicuntur, eo quod si in eos stelle prospere ceciderint, virtutem penitus amittunt. [56] Malivole etiam mutantur, 138 ut cum nocere non valeant,139 prosint. (57) Set tamen in quibusdam horis earunl ibidem augetur malitia. [58} Arietis ergo putei sunt gradus sextus et undecimus et .xvii. xxviii. et 140 .xxix. [59] Tauri, gradus quintus et .xiii. et .xviii. et .xxiiii. et .xxv.

137 138 139 140

S adds. mittantur S veleant ~ S adds.

SEVENTH DISCOURSE

141

5 dark. 55 [36J Aquarius: 4 dark, 5 bright, 4 shadowy, 8 bright, 4 empty, 5 bright. [37] Pisces: 6 shadowy, 6 bright, 6 shadowy, 4 bright, 3 empty, 3 bright, 2 shadowy. [38] One must know, then, that in bright degrees the power of the planet in benefitting is increased. But in dark degrees it harms and takes away. In empty degrees, neither this nor that. But in shadowy degrees it brings to bear a little harm. [39] Then it remains to discliss which degrees are called masculine and which feminine. Aries, therefore, has the first 7 masculine, 2 feminine, 6 masculine, 7 felninine, 8 masculine. (40) Taurus, 7 masculine, 8 feminine, 15 masculine. (41) Gemini, 6 feminine, 11 masculine, 6 feminine, 4 masculine, 3 feminine. [42] Cancer, 2 masculine, 5 feminine, 3 masculine, 2 feminine, 11 masculine, 4 feminine, 3 masculine. [43J Leo, 5 masculine, 2 feminine, 6 masculine, 10 feminine, 7 masculine. [44] Virgo, 7 femine, 5 masculine, 8 feminine, 10 masculine. (45] Libra, 5 masculine, 5 feminine, 11 masculIne, 7 feminine, 2 masculine. [46] Scorpio, 4 masculine, 6 feminine, 4 masculine, 5 feminine, 8 masculine, 3 feminine. [47J Sagittarius, 2 masculine, 3 feminine, 7 masculine, 12 feminine, 6 masculine. [48] Capricorn, 11 masculine, 8 feminine, 11 masculine. [49] Aquarius, 5 masculine, 7 feminine, 6 masculine, 7 feminine, 5 masculine. [50J Pisces, 10 masculine, 10 feminine, 3 masculine, 5 feminine, 2 masculine. [51] We have given a list of these because if the thenle of males falls into masculine degrees, and of females into feminine, they will turn out fortunately. [52] But if the converse, the contrary. [53] Although they make these divisions in different ways, we have followed this teaching as the most important one. [54] At the end of our instruction it seems that one must speak of wells and protuberances. (55J There are, then, in the signs certain degrees which are called wells, for the reason that if fortunate stars fall into them, they completely lose their power. [56] Malefics also change, so that since they are not able to harm, they benefit. (57] Nevertheless in certain hours their evil is increased there. [58) The wells of Aries, then, are the 6th, 11th, 17th, 28th 56 and 29th degrees. [59} Of Taurus, the 5th,

55 K gives: 'Capricorn: 7 shadowy, 3 bright, 5 dark, 4 bright, 2 shadowy, 4 empty, 5 bright'. 56 K, V.21, p. 302.11, gives '23'.

142

YSAGOGA MINOR

et .xxvi. [60J Geminorum, octavus et .xiii. et .xvii. et .xxvi. et .xxx. [61] Cancri, .xii. et .xvii. et .xxiii. et .xxvi. et .xxx. [62] Leonis, sextus et .xiii. et .xv. et .xxii. et .xxiii. et .xxviii. [63] Virginis, octavus .xiii. xvi. xxi. xxv. [64] Libre, primus .xxvii. xxx. [65] Scorpii, .xix. xvii. 141 xxii. xxiii. xxvii. [66] Sagittarii, septimus .xii. xv. xxiiii. xxvii. xxx. [67] Capricorni, secundus et .vii. xvii. xxii. xxix. [68] Aquarii, primus .xii. xvii. xxiii. xxix. (69) Piscium, quartus et .ix. xxiiii. xxvii. xxviii. [70] Excessuum vero Ioca hec sunt: Tauri quintus decimus, .xxvii. atque .xxx., Leonis, tercius et quintus, Scorpii, septimus, Aquarii, vigesimus. [71] Hii itaque gradus si in eos cuiuslibet thematis dominus planeta aut si horoscopus ceciderit thematis, felicitatem inopinatam excedunt. [72] Excessus autem personales unde etiam ignobiles ad regna provehuntur hii sunt: Arietis .xix., Tauri octavus, Geminorum .xi., Cancri primus et .iL et iii. et quatuordecimus et .xv., Leonis quintus et vii. et .xvii. et .xx., Virginis secundus et .xiii. , Libre tercius et quintus et .xxi., Scorpii secundus, quintus et .xx., Sagittarii .xiii. et .xX;, Capricorni .xii. xiii. xiiii. et .xx., Aquarii .vii. et .xvii. et .xxvii., Piscium duodecimus et vigesimus. [73J Hec sunt Ioca excessuum cum quibus finem institutionis faciemus. [74] EXPLICIT YSAGOGA MINOR PER ADELARDUrv1 BATHONIENSEM EX ARABICO SUMPTA.

SEVENTH DISCOURSE

143

13th, 17th, 26th and 30th degrees. 57 [60] Of Gemini, the 8th, 13th,58 17th, 26th, and 30th. [61] Of Cancer, the 12th, 17th, 23rd, 26th and 30th. [62] Of Leo, the 6th, 13th, 15th, 22nd, 23rd and 28th. [63] Of Virgo, the 8th, 13th, 16th, 21st and 25th. [64] Of Libra, the first, 27th59 and 30th. [65] Of Scorpio, the 19th, 17th,60 22nd, 23rd and 27th. [66] Of Sagittarius, the 7th, 12th, 15th, 24th, 27th and 30th. (67) Of Capricorn, the 2nd, 7th, 17th, 22nd and 29th. 61 [68] Of Aquarius, the first, 12th, 17th, 23rd and 29th. [69J Of Pisces, the 4th, 9th, 24th, 27th and 28th. [70J But the places of the protuberances are these: of Taurus, the 15th, 17th and 30th; of Leo, the 3rd and 5th; of Scorpio, the 7th; of Aquarius, the 20th. [71 J If the planet which is Lord of any theme or if the horoscope of the theme falls into them, these degrees exceed unexpected happiness. [72] The personal protuberances, as a result of which even commoners are promoted to kingdoms, are these: of Aries, the 19th, of Taurus, the 8th,62 of Gemini the 11th, ofCancer the first, 2nd, 3rd, 14th and 15th, of Leo the 5th, 7th, 17th and 20th,63 of Virgo the 2nd, 13th64 and 20th, of Libra the 3rd, 5th and 21st, of Scorpio the 2nd, 5th65 and 20th, of Sagittarius, the 13th and 20th, of Capricorn, the 12th, 13th, 14th and 20th, of Aquarius, the 7th, 17th and 27th,66 of Pisces, the 12th and 20th. [73J These are the places of protuberances with which we shall bring our instruction to an end. HERE ENDS THE SMALLER INTRODUCTION, TAKEN OUT OF THE ARABIC BY ADELARD OF BATH

K, ibid., 12-13, gives 'Taurus, 5, 13, 18,24,25,26'. K, ibid., 14, gives 'Gemini, 2, 12'. 59 K, ibid., 20-1, gives 'Libra, 1, 7, 20'. 60 K, ibid., 21-2, gives 'Scorpio, 9, 10, 17'. 61 K, p. 303.4-5, gives '22, 24 and 28'. 62 K, V.22, p. 304.5, gives '3'. 63 K, ibid., omits '20th'. 64 K, ibid., 8, gives '12'. 65 K, ibid., la, gives '12' instead of '2nd, 5th'. 57

58

141

Scorpii 17, 19 DL; Scorpii xix. xxvii. A. These are the only two numbers in

this paragraph (excepting Sag. 30°) that are not accompanied by a superscript 'us'.

66

K, ibid., 13-14, gives 'Aquarius: 7,16, 17 and 20.'

145

COLLATION

COLLATION OF THE ABBREVIATION OF THE INTRODUCTION WITH ABU MA'SAR'S GREAT INTRODUCTION AND AL-BIRUNI'S TAFHIM The first column gives the chapter and section numbers of the Abbreviation of the Introduction. The second column gives the book and chapter numbers of Abu Ma'sar's Great Introduction, followed by the page and line numbers of MS Istanbul, CaruI1ah, 1508 in the facsimile edition of F. Sezgin. If the passage is missing in this manuscript but occurs in MS Leiden, or. 47 ( = L), the page number of this manuscript is given. The third colulnn gives the paragraph numbers of al-BlrilnI's Ta/hfm in the edition of R. Ramsey Wright (al-BlriinT, The Book of Instruction in the Elements of the Art of Astrology, London, 1934).

Abbreviation 1.2 1.5 1.10 1.11 1.12

1.13 1.14 1.16 1.17

1.18 1.19 1.20 1.22

~

Great Introduction

Ta/hrm

Abbreviation 1.23

1.25 1.26 1.29

168,169 The contents of 1.9-81 can be found in the following paragraphs of the Ta/hrm: house 440 exaltation 443 decan 449,451 hot / cold/ dry/ moist 347 fiery / earthy I airy I watery 347 yellow bile/ black bile/ sanguine/phlegmatic 347 masculine/ feminine 348 day/ night 349 tropical/fixed! bicorporal 380 season 380 rising time 242 upright 351 cut in limbs 350

Tafhfm

VI.l,314.12-13; VI.22,353.7; VI.l1,347.1; VI.16,350.13; VI.18,351.1; VI.13,348.16-17,19 VI.12,347.13-14 VI.19,344.13-15 VLl,316.4; VI.16,350.9; VI.18,35I.3-4

libido 355 barren/ few children/ many children 354 prone to anger 360 generous 360 cunning 360 master of strategem 360 cautious 360 royal 360 deceitful 360 beautiful in face 361 beautiful in its life 360 two colours 354 two/three forms 354 two natures 354 many faces 354 dark 356 beast /bird/ reptile/ insect/aquatic animal 352 human/animal 352, 371 voice 353 plant/ tree 367 water 368 body of man 360 country 365

1.30

VI.22,353.14,16; VI.23,353.20; VI.24 (L,p.207)

1.31 1.32 1.35

VI.12,347.14-15 VL9,344.19-21 VI.1,317.13; VI.22,353.9-12; VI.23,353.19

1.1, 12.19-21 V.5,294.18-295.1 VLl,312.7-9 VI.17,350.18-19j VI.l,312.8j VI.16,350.11-12j VI.l1,347.5; VI.22,353.10-11; VI.18,351.2 VI.12,347.10 VI.9,344.7 V.12,295.1-3 VI.l,312.20-1; VI.17,350.18j VI.16,350.12-14j VI.18,351.2j VI.22,353.10-11 VI.23,354.1 VI.12,347.11-13 VI.9,344.10 V.12,295.3-4

Great Introduction

1.36

VI.17,350.18-19; VI.14,349.18; VI.16,350.13; VI.18,351.2; VI.21,352.21-3 1.37 VI.12,347.17-18; 1.38 VI.9,344.23 (omitting Nishapur) 1.38 (Lat. VI.9,344.24-345.2 only) 1.41 VI.l,318.21 (omitting 'its nature...melancholy'); VI,22,353.7; VI.21,353.2 1.42 cf. VI,23,354.1 ('al-bagr'); VI.ll,347.1; VI.16,350.13j VI.18,351.1; VI.13,348.17,19 1.43 VI.12,347.18-19 1.44 VI.9,345.3-4 1.44 (Lat. VI.9,345.4-5 only) 1.47 VI.l,320.10-11; VI.21,353.2

146

Abbreviation 1.48

1.49 1.50 1.50 (Lat. only) 1.53 1.54

1.55 1.56 1.56 (Lat. only) 1.59 1.60

1.61 1.62 1.65 1.66

1.67

1.68 1.69 1.69 (Lat. only) 1.72

Great Introduction VI.23,353.19; VI.11,347.1-2j cr. VI.14,349.19-20('they are less than them in power'); VI.16,350.11-12j VI.18,351.1; VI.13,348.18-19 VI. 12,347.20-1 VI.9,345.6-7 VI.9,345.8-9 VI.l,322.4; VI.21,353.1-2 VI.22,353.13,15-16; VI.24 (L,p.207)j VI.23,353.1920; VI.16,350.9; VI.17,350.19; VI.21,353.1; VI.13,348.18-19; VI. 18,351. 13-14 VI. 12,347.22-3 VI.9,345.10--11 VI.9,345.12-13 VLI,323.9-10; VLII,347.2,5; VI.22,353.8-9,12 VI.22,353.13-15j VI.16,350.1213; VI. 18,351.2-3j VI.21,352.24353.1 VI.12,348.2 VI.9,345.14-15 (omitting Baghdad) VI.l,325.1 VI.l,325.1-2; VI.22,353.9-11j VI.16,350.10,14-15 (VI.16 and 22 alternating); VI.22,353.8 VI.23,354.2; VI.22,353.14-15; VI.18,351.3; cf. VI.17 ('angry' absent here); VI.21,352.23-353.2; VI.14,349.17-18 VI. 12,348.6 VI.9,345.18-19 (Indus, Hind and Sind [both times) absent) VI.9,345.20-346.1 VI.1,326.13

147

COLLATION

COLLATION

Tafhzm

Abbreviation 1.73

1.74 1.75 1.75 (Lat. only) 1.78 1.79

1.80 1.81 1.81 (Lat. only) 1.83-4

Great Introduction VI.23,353.19; VI.24(L,p.207); VI.11,347.1-2; VI.16,350.12,13,14; VI. 18,351.3 VL12,348.7 VI. 9,346.1-3 VI.9,346.3-4 VI.1,328.1; VI.23,353.20-1 VI.22,353.13,15-16; VI.24(L,p.207); VL14,349,1718('lusty'); VI.16,350.9; VL17,350.18-19; VL18,351.34; cr. VI.22,352.23-353.1 VI.12,348.9 VI.9,346.8-10 VL9,346.11-13

1.90-4 1.95 1.96 1.97 1.98-105 1.106-7 1.108 1.109-20

VI. 13,348.20-1 VI.13 (L,p.203) VI. 13,348.20-1 VI.13,348.21-2 VI.4,338.11-20 VI.4,338.21-3 VI.5,339.7-10 VI.5,340.13-17 VI.26,355.8-13 VI.26,355.9.14-15 VI.26,355.19-20 VI.26,355.9,15-16,21-357.3

1.121

VI.26,360.20-361.9

2.1-3 2.4-5 2.6 2.7

VII.l,368.20-369.6 VII.l,369.8 VII.1,370.7-13 VIL1,370.13-17

1.86 1.87 1.88 1.89

Tafhi:m

detriment 442 fall 443 1.85-9 == 379, 445

1.106 == 246 1.107-8 == 247 ascendant 245 house 461 470 2.3-7 == 203

148 Abbrevi..

ation 2.8 2.9 2.10 2.11-12 2.13-15 2.16 2.17 2.18 2.19 2.20 2.21 2.22 2.23-6 2.27-31 3.2 3.3 3.4-5 3.6 3.9 3.10 3.11 3.12 3.14-20 3.21 3.22 3.23-4 3.25 3.26-7 3.28 3.29 3.30 3.31 3.32 3.33 3.34 3.35 3.36-40

COLLATION

Great Introduction

Tafhim

VII.1,370.21-3 VILl,371. 2-6 VII.1,371.10-14 VII.3,378.19-379.4 VII.2,372.5-11 VII.2,372.11-13 VII.2,372.14-17 VII.2,373.7-9 VII. 2,374.4-6 VII.2,374.9-11 VII.2,374.19 VII.2,375.2-4 VII.2,375.14-2-377.2 VII.2,377.3-378.10 VII.5,389.18-24

152 152 177 436 2.14-16 == 485

VII. 5,390.22-5 VII.5,390.25-391.1 VIL5,389.25-390.2 VII. 5,390.7-9 VII.5,390.9-11 VII.5 ,390.16-391.5 VII.5,398.3-4 VII.5,398.4-6 VII.5,398.11-16 VII.5,398.16-17 VII.5,398.17-25 VII.5 ,399 .1-4 VII.5,399.7-12 VII.5,399.13-15 VII.5,399.16-18 VII.5,399.18-21 VII.5,399.21-3 VII.5,400.1-6 VII.5,400.6-8 VII.5,400.8-15,17-18

149

COLLATION

481 481 481 481 481 482 482 484 496 499 250 373 373 373 3.13-20 == 489 504 505 510 510 510 506 506 508 508 508 508 489 506 506

Abbrevi-

ation 3.41 3.42 3.43 3.44 3.45 3.46 3.47 3.48 3A9 3.50-1 3.52 3.53 3.54 3.55-62 (Lat. only)

4.1-3 4.4-6 4.7 4.8-13 4.14 4.15-17 4.18 4.19-20 4.21-5 4.26-31 4.32 4.33-6 (Lat. only) 5.1 5.4-7 5.8-10 5.11-14 5.15-19 5.20-3 5.24-7 5.28-31 5.32-5

Great Introduction

Tafhvm

VII.5,400.18-22 VII.5,400.22-401.3 VII.5,401.4-5 VII.5,401.5-10 VII.5 ,401.10-13 VII.5,401.13-18 VII.5,401.23-402.2 VIL5,402.4-6 VII.5,402.6-10 VII.5,402.10-13 VII.5,402.14-17 VII.5,402.17-21 VII.5,402.22-3 VII. 5,402.23-403.14

506 506 506 506 506 506 506 506 502 502 507 507

VII.6,403.16-404.5 VII.6,405.1-7 VII.6,405.7-8 VII.6,405,8-18,21-406.4 VII.6,406.5-6 VII.6,406.6-14,16 VII.6,406.14-15 VII.6,406.17-24 VII.6,407.1-13 VII.6,407.14-25 V.18,298.10-14

4.2-14 == 512

VII.9 ,411.18-1 9 VII.9,412.3-413.9 VIL9,413.10-414.8 VII,9,414.9-415.13 VII,9,415.14-416.6 VII.9,416.7-417.10 VII.9,417.11-418.23 VII.9,419.1-17 VI.33,365.18-366.23

500 513 456

The contents of 5.4-31 can be found in the following paragraphs: 381,382,396,397,400,402, 407,420,426,427,429,430, 432,435 390

150

Abbrevi ation 6.3 6.4 6.5 6.6 6.7 6.8 6.9 6.10 6.11 6.12 6.13 6.14 6.15 6.16 6.17 6.18 6.19 6.20 6.21 6.22 6.23 6.24 6.25 6.26 6.27 6.28 6.29 6.30 6.31 6.32 6.33 6.34 6.35 6.36 6.37 6.38 6.39

Great Introduction VIII.6,474.11-14 VIII.6,474.15-17

VIII.6,474.18-19 VIII.6,475.1D-ll; VIII.4,439.1 VIII.6,474.20-1 VIII.6,474.22-3 VIII.6,475.1--2 VIn. 6,475.3-4 VIII.6,475.8-9 VIII.6,482.1 VIII.6,475.17-18 VIII.6,476.1-2 VIII.6,476.5-6 VIII.6,476.10-13,480.10 (omitting the lot of authority) VIII.6,476.16-18 VIII.6,476.21 VIII. 6,477.7-8 (L,p.305)

1

VIII.6,477.9-10 VIII.6,477.12-13 VIII.6,477.14-15 VIII.6,477.16-17 VIII.6,477.21-2 VIII.6,477.25 VIII.6,478.4 VIII.6,478.5-6 VIII.6,478.10-11 VIII.6 (L,p.306) VIII.6,478.12-13 VIII.6,478.21-2 VIII.6,479.1-2 VIII.6,479.3-4 VIII.6,479.5-7 (VIII.4,457.2) VIII.6 (L,p.307)

151

COLLATION

COLLATION

Abbrevialion

Ta/hfm 6.3-55 lot 1 lot 2 lot 2 lot 3 lot 9 lot 4 lot 7 lot 6 lot 5 lot 8 lot 88 lot 11 lot 14 lot 16 lot 17 lot 65 lot 19 lot 22 lot 69 lot 25 lot 8 lot 26 lot 27 lot 28 lot 29 lot 30 lot 33 lot 34 lot 35 lot 39 lot 23 lot 40 lot 46 lot 50 lot 51 lot 52 lot 24

= 476

6.40 6.41 6.42 6.43

6.44 6.45 6.46 6.47 6.48 6.49 6.50 6.51 6.52 6.53 6.54 6.55 7.1 7.2-3 7.4 7.5 7.6 7.7 7.8-9 (Lat. only) 7.10-21 (Lat. only) 7.22-4 (Lat. only) 7.25-38 (Lat. only) 7.39-53 (Lat. only) 7.54-69 (Lat. only) 7.70-2 (Lat. only)

Great Introduction

Ta/hzm

VIII.6,479.8-9 VIII.6, (L,p.307) VIII.6,479.15-16 VIII.6,479.17-18; VIII.4,459.3-5 (L,p.307) VIII. 6, 479.21-2 VIII.6,479.27-8

iot lot lot lot

VIII.6,480.4-6 VIII.6,480.7-9 VIII.6,480.18-19

VIII.6 ,480.26 VIII.6,481.11-12 VIII.6,481.13-14 VIII.6,481.25 VIII.6,481.26 VII.8,410.13-14;V.9 . VII.8,410.15-16,18-22 VII.8,411.1 VII.8,411.7-10 VII.8,41 1. 10-14 VII.8,411.14

53 20 55 56

lot 58 lot 61 lot 32 lot 62 lot 63 lot 69 lot 21 (Arabic text) lot 22 (Wright's tr.) lot 73 lot 79 lot 80 lot 85 lot 86 395,438 394,437 394,437 394,437 394,437

V.9,289-90

453

V.17,296-7

7.22-3 == 455

V.20,300-1

458

V.19,299

457

V.21,302-3

459

V.22,303

459

153

GLOSSARY

GLOSSARY OF TECHNICAL TERMS Note: This is a glossary of the astrological topics and technical terms used and discussed in the Abbreviation. Wherever possible, the Latin equivalent i~ added. The references are to the chapter of the Abbreviation. References beginning with 'A' are to the number of the excerpt from the Paris MS in the Appendix (pp. 83-9 above), and the section within that excerpt. English absent

Chap. Sec. 6.4,6-8,10

Arabic

~

Latin abscentia, non apparentia acetosus

acid

1.17

~b.

advance

3.2,4

J~j

accessus

advancing

1.99,101

~ ~

accedens

agreeing in the 1.97 path agreeing in

~.)aJ\

oj1l\ J.. ~

1.93

power agreeing in the 1.96

J

Ukl\

J~

barren

1.17,24,36,42

besiegement

4.21,23

bicorporal

1.23,41,59,78

~ -Jl..ta>

(J..~ -'~

black bile

1.17,41,65; 5.4

,b~ 0.:,.0

yellow bile

1.11,35; 5.11

,~ 0.:,0

bitter

1.11,35; 5.11

jA

body (of a

1) 2.11,12,28; 3.8

planet)

2) 4.15,23

burnt (see

3.35,39~42

JJ.$

combustus

1)1.107; 3.5; 4.11

~~

a firmo remotum,

also 'path')

conveniunt

( ~~\ v-o) JoiL., 2) 3.40-2; 4.2,11

in potentia sibi amici

cardine

sunt aerius utilitas

the cardine)

( ~y\ (]A

)

see index

firmum

circle

see index

~

circulus

cold

see index

~.J~

frigidus

collection

3.2,25

of two colours

1.12,47

~~j.)

amicicia summa concilium

-'

2.6

~

argumentum

antagonism

3.11,34

W~

odium

compatibility

3.11,34

ili\.,.-o

apogee

1.8; 2.3; 4.4

(j'

sublimatio

conj unction

1) see index

~.Jli.o

application

see index

JLJt

applicatio

ascendant

see index

~l1

ascending

see index

..u.L,

r.

1.4; 5.26; 6.2

of autumn

1.47

,~,

( ,K>\)

r

0?

semotum

~

anomaly

astrology

aluarus

JJ»\

3.37

jAj

colericus

3.41

amelioration

see index

bicorpor melancolicus

i.f:'

see index

aspect

biforme, duplex,

burning

cadent (fronl

(of Sun & Moon)

2) 6.13

in conjunction

4.2

respectus

corruption (of

1) 1.1; 4.1,26

autumnalis

the Moon) (of a planet) crooked (rising)

2) 3.37,40-1 1.91-2,94

oriens

sterilis inportunitas

...l-.:>

zodiac- belt airy

J~ C>L=>

carens liberis,

ascendens

e

t~t W.)\A..

.)W

Cy-o

coniunctio bicolor

coniunctio adunatione respiciat imbecillitas, infortunia inutilitas indirecte

154

GLOSSARY

cut in limbs

cutting the

1.12,17,36,79

3.2,46

,~~\t~ .J~\&

~

1.36,53,67; 4.9; 5.4;

decan

7.26-7,29,38 see index

decreasing in

2.7

calculation decreasing in number decreasing in

2.6 2.8-9

~J

yLd.\ ~ ~~

1.32,86,99; 4.5

imperfectus, membro diminutus impedicio

eclipsed

4.26

enmity

3.11,34

o-,L.u.

malivolentia

equation

2.7

~ .AA7

examinatio

of two essences

1.66

evasion

3.2,45

exaltation

see index

J.r

regnum

fall

1.83-4; 3.49-50;

.k~

servitus,

jardiir

4.11 1.1; 7.1,3; A2.1,3

.Jb.J

summissio afraadet

favour

3.2,49-51

obscurus facies computatio

~\J~li

decrescit motus

velocity dejection descendant

see fall 1.100-1

descending

see index

detriment

1.83-4; 4.11

dignity

1.3; 3.32,49

direct (rising)

1.90,92,94

direct motion

1) 2.20,23; 3.41

~~\

procedere

2) 2.24; 3.39

~

diminutus

diurnal

see index

dodecatemoria

1.1; 4.1,28,32

domain

3.2-3; 4.3

dry

see index

earthy East easterliness

1

t~,

~

jL..;AY': -'.)

tenebrosus,

vaili

~-'"

~

03j..o' JV\ Lf.J'0

igneus

~l;

£lrmus

0.J~

figura

1.17,35,53,72 see index

J~-,

alienatio

of two forms

1.12A7

v-!Jo

dignitas

of three forms

1.41

good fortune

see index

halb

4.3

directe currit

Head of the

1.21; 2.10; 4.17,

diurnus

Dragon in the heart

19-20,29; 7.3; A2.3 2.17,22,27; 4.2

....

..J'!>

~~

femininus

1.11,35,86; 5.11

fixed

lj,

patrocinium

fiery form

~p

tatum (!) fuga

see index

descendens

~.JL;.

duarum volun-

feminine

~lA

t'"~ ~

eclipsis

~

accidens

Y.JlS.

orientalis

eastern

minuitur numerus

J.NJ\ ~

J.r

figura inperfecta,

light dark

155

GLOSSARY

09.J~ J')

.JY ~~

j,)

o.)~

biformis triformis fortuna

directe

d uodecatemorion competentia, loca sexui apta siccus

1.17,41,65,87

~~\

terreus

1.109; 2.15,18,23

J~

oriens

4.14

j:.?

~ Jo

(of the Sun)

~~~u~

Caput Draconis

~

eodem loco con-

-

veniunt

~,

ortu8 calidus

horizon

1.109

hot

see index

]b.

hour

see index

~\s.L."u.L.,

house, zodiacal

see index

sign

~

hora signunl

156 increasing in calculation increasing in number increasing in

GLOSSARY

2.7 2.6 2.8-9

velocity latitude

3.13,15,18-20

left

1.103-4; 2.3,14-16;

yw., ~ ,)..uJ\

157

GLOSSARY

J..

~~

computatio

~~

augetur numerus

~'j~~ .. ~f (..J~(O~

crescit motus auctus

northern

see index

opposition

1) 1.84; 2.29; 3.11,16;

J~ ..

4.15 2) 2.14,16,19,29-30;

latitudo

orb

3.16; 4.27; 6.13,38 2.3,7; 4.4

sinister

oblique orb

2.7

~lAA

oppositum,

J~I

oppositio oppositum

~

circulus

J~~

circulus

~

3.12 libidinous,

3.13-15

Lord

1) see index 2) 3.27,48,51,53

lot masculine

see index see index

midheaven

1.99-100,105; 6.16

misfortune

1) 1.1; 4.1,15,19,24 2) 4.21,24

moist

see index

native

see index

base nativity

4.26

ninth-part (of a sign) nocturnal

7.22-4 see index

node, dragon

1.8; 2.10;4.17

North

1.81; 3.17; 4.4

obliquationis

..rl;:.. (~\

see index

lustful longitude

J;

Cl(,;

libidinosus,

the burnt path

4.11.30

J.,k

fornicosus longitudo

phlegmatic

1.29,53,78; 5.20,28

YJ

dominus

place

see index

~~

dominus

plant

1.18,42,67

~

cehem, pars

prohibition

3.2,28-9

prorogator

6.13

5~

masculinus protuberance (of a sign) pushed

7.70,72-3 3.38-9,41

pusher

3.38-42,45,52

pushing

3.2,34

management pushing nature

3.2.30

pushing power

3.2,31

3}ll'

pushing two

3.2,32

~\

u-l t ..k..,j

medium celum,

~y:'

meridianum infortunium,

~

malum infortunium,

~J .).,Jy

..\Jy~' -

~

f':;y;

J~

shemeli, septentrionalis

malum humidus partus horoscopus novena, elnowarat nocturnus draco shemeli

uft'

~.."wt via combusta

~ ~

u~,~

&

C~

flegmaticus domicilium planta prohibitio observatio vite excessus

-

t~.M

recipiens

b

applicans

e ~..d' eb . . e'b

~,

e,)

..... e

.~

natures

donum consilii donum nature donum potentie don,um duarum naturarum

quadrant

see index

quartile

3.11; 4.2,15,26

c:.i

tetragonalis

rays

2.31; 4.4,15,22-4

tW

radii, lux

C.J

quadra, quarta

GLOSSARY

158 under the rays

2.21; 3.35; 4.9,

GLOSSARY

tWJ\~"

27; 6.17,19 reception

3.2,34,52,54

recompense

3.2,49

reflecting the

3.2,26-7

light refranation

3.2,43

rejoice

see index

resistance

1

3.2,44

occultantur, sub Sale, occuluntur receptio mutuatio

of summer

1.29,35

transmutatio

sweet

1.23

revocatio

Tail of the Dragon

see index

gaudet, gaudium interruptio

terms

see index

.)j.b

translation

3.2,23

trine

3.11; 4.2,15,26

~ ~

retrogradatio

triplicity

1.86~9;

redditio

tropical

1.11,29,47,65

twin

1.12,48,66

t'Y

upright

1.11,47,59

~

ortus

voice

see index

~

regalis

voiced

1.48

void of course

3.2,21

tL.

salsus watery

1.29,53,66,78,89

J~ " o\j~

.Jy'

~.J

~~I

CJt ~uu.\

3.2,5

.J~.)1

1.100,102

J~

recedens

retrogradation

see index

tY:".J

returning

3.2,35,37

').J

1.103; 2.3,14-16; 3.12

rising (angle)

1.11,47,90-2,94

..\jy\ ~ L.

4.4,11

retreating

right

1.107; 3.4,39-41;

cardine

recessus

retreat

succedent to the

159·

'~'u-'= dexter, ~~,~

anterior

L~

oriuntur

c!Uu

~ .,1>

3.30,52-3

~..J~~~

sequens firmum, secundum ab firmo estas dulcis Cauda Draconis fines translatio

~

trigonalis, trigonum trigonalitas

yi.W

conversivus geminus indirectus (!)

rising time

1.11,47,96

royal

1.12,59

salty

1.29

sanguine

1.23,47,72

separation

3.2

J~\

neglectio

well (of a sign)

3.49; 7.54-5

sextile

3.11; 4.2,5,15

~~

exagonum

West

2.20,24

share

1.8; 3.52; 4.3;

dignitas

western

1.75,88,101; 4.7,12

South

A1.7 3.16-17; 4.11

y~

genubi

wild

3.2,22

southern

see index

J~ .

witness

3.49

sphere

see index

~

genubi, meridianus circulus

greatest years

7.4; A2.4-5

of spring

1.11,23

middle years

7.6; A2.4,6

I..5Jf0~ anni pIurimi ~-,0~ anni mediales

smallest years

7.7; A2.7

u~0~

station

4.4,8

~y.)

Ji,~,

k

-

~-J

ru..

sanguineus

ad nova gerlnina, vernus statio

uy u~ ~\ ,)\:;.

JlA .. " J\.!

vox vocis vive solitudo aquaticus puteus

y./-A

~-f " ~j

occidens, occidentalis absolutio

o.)~

auni pauciores

ARABIC TERMS ...

.;y

1.5,15,87,92,94,96; 6.47

INDEXES

~~

1.5,63,87,91,94-7

Arabic Terms

r...f':'

2.11-12,28; 3.8

Note: This index includes all significant Arabic words in the Abbreviation. For the system of reference see the note to the Glossary.

~

1.23,41,59,78; 4.15,23

~

3.2,25

L~\

6.13

~~,

6.13

y~

3.16-17; 4.11

~~

1.3,87,100; 2.10; 4.11,29; A1.3

,~1 ( yl

1.112; 5.7,18; 6.17,47

oy>.l

1.111; 5.7,14,18,25; 6.15-16

~l,>l

1.111; 5.21,30

~Jt

1.17,41,65,87

,~~

1.5,21,88,91-2,94,96

~,

1.5,33,86,92,94

~.J~

1.8; 2.10; 4.17

Ji\

1.109

~Y':

1.66

v~\

1.118; 5.21,30

..

to

6 li l'

Jvi

.)j.k> , ok>

1.1; 3.30,52-3; 4.15,31; 7.1; A2.1,A4

1.17,29,53,65,78; 3.3; 4.10; 6.24,26-7

JJ&,.

1.54,67,79

~y

1.100,104; 4.7,12-13

5~

1.11,23,35,47,72; 5.8,11,15

~~ -,' , c""

1.8; 2.3; 4.4

J~\

3.41

A ':' Co

J.j.s.

3.35,39-42; 4.11,30

.fi.!

3.49; 7.54-5

y~

2.7; 4.32; 5.26

"J~

1.17,29,41,53,65,78; 5.4,20,28

~

2.6

0L~

1.14,20,26,32,38,44,50,56,62,69,75,81

JLa>

4.21,23

~

1.29,53,78; 5.20,28

~~,k

1.8; 3.52; 4.3; AI. 7

(zodiacal sign, house) 1.9,15,21,27,33,39,45,51,57,

~

4.3

63,70,76,84; 3.31,52-53; 4.15; 6.19,27 (place) 1.3,105-21; 3.5; 4.13,31; 6.14,36,38,42,55

Y>

1.23

Ju6.

1.17

1.12,48,66

JP

1.5,9,86,95-6; 6.47; A1.5

u~

1.5,76,89,94-7; 3.32; A1.5

to

~

r'y ~~

1.17,35,53,72

~

3.2,3; 4.3

~ ~

3.11; 4.2,15,26

o~

1.109; 5.9; 6.12,23

0~

1.30,54,79

~~

5.16

~p

lj\

1.86-9; 3.30,52-3 1.1; 4.1,28,32

161

162

INDEXES

~? W~

ARABIC TERMS

1.47

').J

3.2,35-7

3.11,34

J,:JI 3.J

3.2,26-7

~ta:~

3.2,21

~.J

1.23,29,47,53,72,78; 5.8,20,28

.J~.)l _.... -I.t>.)

3.2,5

~j

o~ U

.-J

e.) ~Ie.) ojAJt e.)

~x:J1

4.3 3.2,34

~~, f~

3.2,30

1. 7,16,33,45-6,58,63,70,77,86,88,97,121; 2.12,14,18;

4.28; 5.2,4,33; 6.11-12,15,17,19-20,22,28,30,32,36,38, 40,43-4,49,52,54; 7.3,5-7; A2.3 1.3; 3.49

3.2,31

U'~

3.32

~Ie.)

3.2,32

O~j

1.7)0,15,28,40,45,52,71, 76,87,89,121; 2.9,12,15,22;

~b

3.38-42,45,52

L~.M

3.38-9,41

"J.)

1.5,70,88,94,96-7

~y.)

1.23,47,72

,j!..)

1.111,117; 5.10,17,23,29; 6.5

.J§~

,j'j

1.11,23,35,47,59,72,99,101,118; 3.3; 4.6,10; 6.24-5,27

flo

4.5,14

~~

1.57; 2.10; 4.17,19-20,29; 7.3; A2.3

0!-~ j j

1.23,41,59,78

ul1A

1.11,17,23,29,35; 5.11

~L

y~.J\ , Y.J C.J

1.13,21; 2.3,10; 4.17,19-20,29; 7.3; A2.3 1.1,3,86-9; 3.30,51;

5.1,32~5;

6.14,27,37-8,55; A1.3

1.99-102,104,106-7; 4.5-7,12-14

c:- j

3.11; 4.2,15,26

~.J

1.111 23

(Y:'..J

2.19,25; 3.36,41,44; 4.9

163

tJ:)

3.32; 5.3,20,33,35; 6.7,26,30-2,51-2; 7.3,5,7; A2.3 1.115; 5.30; 6.30-:-2,34-5

St,

1.100,102,107; 3.5; 4.11

Ll:-

1.35,54,60,79

~

1.24,42,48,54

~~

3.11; 4.2,5,15

~Lkf

1.5,27,89-91,94-5; 6.43

~f

1.59

.)."........,,~

4.2,11,19-20,24-5; 5.8,15,20,28

.)..".....-.0

4.2

o.)L--

1.1,119; 4.1,2,19,25; 5.29; 6.3,6-9,11

Jr.z;~

3.40-2; 4.2,11

~lW

1.118; 6.18,21,48,49

,L..-

1.99-100,105; 6.16

~

1.5,39,87,94

0y-' ~ r~'~

1.1; 6.38; 7.1,3-7; A2.2-7 1.1,6.1-28,30-55

,b-,""",

1.17,41,65; 5.4

u\;;'L...,~L...

1.1,11,17,47; 5.1,32,34-5

~

1.7;2.3-4,8-9; 3.2,21,39; 4.3,8,31; 5.2; 6.43

164

3~,~

1.18,24,30,35,48,54,73,78

~,

..J.

J.r J-r

(exaltation)1.9,15,21,27,39,45,57,63,76,84; 3.30-1,51-3; 5.17,30 1.32,86,99; 4.5

~?

4.14

J~

1.109; 2.15,18,23

~~

1.7,22,27,34,46,57,64,76-7,86,88,97,121; 2.12,14,18;

tW

" ~

ARABIC TERMS

INDEXES

3.32; 5.3,8,33; 6.10,12,15,17,22,24-5; 7.3,5-7; A2.3 2.21,31; 3.35; 4.4,9,15,22-4,27; 6.17,19 1.1,7,9-10,22,33,40,52,64,86,121; 2.1-2,7,9,12-15,17,21; 3.35; 4.2,4-6,9,12-13,16,18,24,27; 5.3,5,15,28,33,35; 6.3-4,16-17,19,31,35,47; 7.2,5-7; A1.5; A2.3

JU-:

1.81; 3.17; 4.4

J~ M

1.3,89,102; 2.10; 3.16,4.4; A1.3

o"Lr

3.49

~lwr,

1.36,54,60,67,79,95; 3.15-16,20,27,48,50,53; 5.31;

J"L.u

6.19,42 3.49

J~\

3.2

~~

1.105; 2.3; 3.16-17; 4.4

,~

c:. .

~LJ."

..

~

~~

elk

LYk ~lk.o

1.1,3,11,17 ,2~,29,35,41,4 7,53,59,65-6,72,78,82,85; 3.2,23-5,30,32; 4.19; 5.1,3-4,8,11,15,20,24,28; Al,3 (of a planet) 1.97; 2.7; 4.11,30 1.99,102,105,109,121; 3.27; 4.23,31; 6.3-4,6-17, 19-20,22, 24-7,29-32,34-5,37-8,40,42-5,47-9,51-5 1.11,47,90-2,94 1.11,47,96

Jy,

3.13-15

k

1.66

t:k ..JM

1.23,41

~

1.36,53,67; 4.9; 5.4 ~

"L~', "..u.

1.3,106; 2.6,11; 4.3; 5.34; 6.2,24; 7.2; A1.3; A2.2

~..w

2.7

J~

1.30,48,54,78-9; 2.4; 5.8,20,28

OJ\..u.

3.11,34

~f

3.13,15,18-20

~l#\

3.2,44

,~,

1.12,17,36,79

.)..J~

1.7,16,21,28,39-40,58,71,87-8,121; 2.9,12,15,22;

1.11,35; 5.11

yp

5.3,24,33,35; 6.29,40,45,53; 7.3,5,7; A2.3 1.5,51,89,94; 4.11,30

C~

3.37

1.17,24,36,42

~

2.17,22,27; 4.2

~ .. C,.--o

1.91-2,94

w~

1.12,17,24,29,36,42,54,60,67,73,79,118

w~

1.48

Y..Ju,

1.100-1

JJ-"P' 0.J~

1.3,12,24,41-2,47-8,59,73

~..f

4.11; 5.13

~

1.29,35

~~

1.75,88,101; 4.7,12

y~

2.20,24

~

5.10

~

6.4,6-8,10

165

INDEXES

166

(!.i" (~

1.121; 4.3,13; 5.21,27,29

ARABIC TERMS .

{

~>lo

3.34

0Y

1.12,47

~

1.17,29,53,65,78; 3.33

1.1; 3.37,40-1; 4.1,26; 5.27 1.54,67

j4

1.11,35; 5.11

.Jb.J

1.1; 7.1,3; A2.1,3

~W" ~W ~

167

~

(zodiacal circle) 1.3,5,98,103; 3,26; A1.3,5

ojo

1.11,17,35,41,65; 5.4,11

tjo

1.7,9-10,22,34,51-2,63-4,77,87,89,121; 2.12,14,18; 3.3;

wy

(orb) 2.3,7; 4.4 (sphere)5.3,34 3.2,45

~ t~

1.29

3.2,4

~~

1.12,59

1.99,101

C

3.2,28-9

J~ J~!

3.2,34,52,54

~

~l4.o

4.16

~lA..o

1.84; 2.29; 3.11,16; 4.15

J~'

2.14,16,19,29-30; 3.16; 4.27; 6.13,38

J~\

6.13

~-,ll.o

3.2,6,8,15,21,28; 4.15,22

0.Jll.o

4.2

&

3.2,46

~

1.11,29,47,65

~

1.1,7,15-16,27-8,46,58,71,87,89,121; 2.16,27; 3.22; 4.1-2,17,26; 5.3,28,33; 6.3-4,13,20,25-7,29,34-7, 44-5,47-9,51,53; 7.3,5; A1.7; A2.3 1.5,57,86,90,94,97

\.f~ ll.o

5.3,11,33; 6.9,24,28,34,40,48,54; 7.3,5-7; A2.3 1.36,60,120; 5.5,27

JLo

1.87,110; 5.5,10,17,27; 6.14

JLo

1.29,53,66,78,89

uLJ

1.18,42,67

~r\:..o

5.4

\'~.(

t'

1.4; 5.26; 6.2

\f~', ~:

4.2,15-16,19-20,22-3,28,31; 5.4,11

4.-~'

1.1; 4.1,15,19,24

~

4.21,24

~

1.11,47,59

Uk:..o

1.96

)aJ

3.2,10-11,21,29,54; 4.22

4.4,8

~

3.2,49-51

~U:-,

2.20,23; 3.41

Jii

3.2,23

~

1.90,92,94; 2.24; 3.39

~~\

3.2,43

1.1-2,93; 2.11-12; 3.2,31; 4.1,4,7; 5.18

(l(J 4.S \ •

1.12,17,36,48,67,79; 5.10,13,22

\'

'-.5~(

oy

.. -'~

1.11,23,35,47,59,72; 3.33

~

4.26

-Jl;

5.14

oliK.o

3.2,49

'-.5 .. .J l.i

1.11,35,86; 5.11

168

INDEXES

INDEXES

., -.

u~

6.3

~L.

1.105; 2.5; 3.16-17; 4.11,29

..b~

1.83-4; 3.49-50; 4.11

"t

1.36

Armenia

~\

J~

1.23,47,72,88; 5.8; A1.3

Lesser

~.J' 1.32

(~

6.13

2.3-4; 3.2,25-7,46,48; 4.3; 5.16

JY

Names of Places and Races Alexandria the Arabs

Armenia Azerbaijan

~l;j' , O~..,

Y f 1.56

oN..,

,

1.107; 3.4,39-41; 4.4,11 (decan) 1.10,16,22,28,34,40,46,52,58,64,71,77; 3.30,523 3.2,22

~..,

U->-' o3y

,.

0~.J~\ 1.14,26, 32

~4 1.14

Baghdad

~\~ 1.62

Bahrain Balh

1.92,95; 3.11,34; 5.4

Barqa

1.5,45,88,95; 4.6,11,30

Burgan

JLJ\

3.2,13-15,21,28-9,34,43-7, 52~4

the Byzantine

w~

3.11,34

Empire China

~

~~.", .-\1J

1.12,17,29,48,54,60,66,73,79,113; 5.9,13,22; 6.22,24-6

o~~.,

6.13,38

..uy

4.26

~.Yy

6.7,13,21,27,38,47,49

~.~

1.11,17,35,41,65-6; 5.4,11,15

o~

2.3

-'~

(prosperity) 1.87

J~

(left) 3.12

~

~\

"""1.103-4

the Copts Egypt Ethiopia the Euphrates

U-I. _ 1.26,50 0~...I. 1.26

rj.J

1.50,81

~

1.32

..¥

1.75

..,rAA 1.26,50, ~

75,81 1.50,69

u~ 1.44

al-GazIra

0..;...).1

1.44,81

al-Gibal

J~\ 1.62

GTlan

0~ 1.26

~,~

1.103; 2.3

Ramadan

~

(luck) 5.10

Herat

3.12

the Herpads

2.14-16

al-I:Iigaz

IfrlqIya the Indus Isfahan

0~..r: 1.26,81

0\l..

1.20

u'.,;A

1.50

j'J:\ 1.56,75

0\-!..,>

1.32

M"'M

.,

~..r~

1.50

0~

1.69

'~l~ 1.62 U

J.!r'

1.50

0\.o.f

Kufa

ij

the Kurds

~~ 1.20

§' ,.

1.44,50 1.75

MahIn

~Lo 1.20

Makran

0~

Marw al-Rl1d Ml1qan Nishapur

Palestine Persia Qumis Rayy Sigistan

1.69

~.,)\ "f 1.32 0 li y 1.26 .JJ"! l-.Li -

1.38

0Li- 1.69

~ 1.14 I.f.Jti 1.14,44

~~ 1.56 (J-J 1.56 U. ~ . 1.50 ~

1.69,75

Sogdiana

...l&..,.,

1.38,56

al-Suwad

~~,

1.20,75

rL;

1.44,81

Sind

Syria Tabaristan Tangier TulJaristan

o~~ 1.62

1.69

Kirman

Oman

1.44

Gurgan

t

1.32,50

u.o!r=-

2.14-16

~

t

1.69

Garamaqa

..rl:A M

0!.-?

.A.:.A

Hind Ijurasan

Kabul

Babylonia

v

0~

1.26

~~\

1.83-4

A

~l;.o

~.J~J 1.81

~

M

J~J ,.

169

the Turks Yemen

0\:-~ 1.81

~ 1.56 0t:.--,~ 1.50

Jl-i ~

1.38 1.56,81

170

INDEXES

ISLAMIC PHILOSOPHY, THEOLOGY AND SCIENCE TEXTS AND STUDIES

Authorities

ISSN 0169;.8729

Abu Ivla'sar, Great Introduction

1.4; 2.13; 6.2

Egyptians God Hermes SOIDe of the Ancients Some of the early writers Vettius Valens

1.1; 7.1; A2.1; A4 1.1,81; 5.14; 7.7; A1.2,7; A2.8 6.30,32,35,55 6.54 4.19 6.31,34

1. IBN RUSHD. Metaphysics. A Translation with Introduction of Ibn

Lots (Chapter 6) absent affection ascendant authority boldness bonds brothers inborn character children 1 courage cultivation death chronic disease embryo enenlies estates fathers firmness fortune friends grandfathers hope illness imprisonment intellect job journey king

4 6 7 18,21,48-9 9 11 15-16 41 22,24-6

9 33 36 28 27 54-5 20,50 17-18 7 3 53

19 52 28,40 11 44 21,49

42-3 48 ~-,r~l ?V-:~~fH'41~,:-

lack of means life love marriage mother native nobility outcomes overcoming person troubled place planet poverty landed property prorogator prosperity religion remaining rumour slaves thought Venus victory weakness wealth year

8 12,23 6 30-5 51

7,27 47 39 10

27 40 37 8 20,50 13 10 5 7 30,45 29,46 44 7 10 28

14 38

Rushd's Commentary on Aristotle's Metaphysics, Book Lam, by Ch. Genequand. Reprint 1986. ISBN 90 04 08093 7 2. DAIBER, H. Wii~il ibn CAtii' als Prediger und Theologe. Ein neuer Text aus dem 8. J ahrhundert n. ehr. Herausgegeben mit Ubersetzung und Kommentar. 1988. ISBN 900408369 3 3. BELLO, I.A. The Medieval Islamic Controversy Between Philosophy and Orthodoxy. Ijrna( and Ta'wil in the Conflict Between al-Ghazali and Ibn Rushd. 1989. ISBN 90 04 08092 9 4. GUTAS, D. Avicenna and the Aristotelian Tradition. Introduction to reading Avicenna's Philosophical Works. 1988. ISBN 90 04 08500 9 5. AL-KASIM B. IBRAHIM. Kitab al-Dalil al-Kabir. Edited with Tr~lation, Introduction and Notes by B. Abrahamov. 1990. ISBN 90 04 08985 3 6. MAR6TH, M. Ibn Sina und die peripatetische "Aussagenlogik". Ubersetzung aus dem Ungarischen von Johanna Till. 1989. ISBN 90 04 08487 8 7. BLACK, D.L. Logic and Aristotle Rhetoric and Poetics in Medieval Arabic Philosophy. 1990. ISBN 90 04 09286 2 8. FAKHRY, M. Ethical Theories in Islam. 1991. ISBN 90 04 09300 1 9. KEMAL, S. The Poetics ofAlfarabi and Avicenna. 1991. ISBN 90 04 09371 0 10. ALON, I. Socrates in Medieval Arabic Literature. 1991. ISBN 90 04 09349 4 11. BOS, G. Qustii ibn Luqii's Medical Regime for the Pilgrims to Mecca. The Risala fi tadbir safar al-1).ajj. 1992. ISBN 90 04 095411 12. KOHLBERG, E. A Medieval Muslim Scholar at Work. Ibn Tawiis and his Library. 1992. ISBN 90 04 09549 7 13. DAIBER, H. Naturwissenschaft bei den Arabern im 10. lahrhundert n. Chr. Briefe des AbO I-Fagi Ibn al- (Amid (gest. 360/97Q) an cAQudaddaula. Herausgegeben mit Einleitung, kommentierter Ubersetzung und Glossar. 1993. ISBN 90 04 097554 14. DHANANI, A. The Physical Theory of Ka/am. Atoms, Space, and Void in Basnan Mu(tazili Cosmology. 1994. ISBN 900409831 3 15. ABU MAcSAR. The Abbreviation of the Introduction to Astrology. Together with the Medieval Latin Translation of Adelard of Bath. Edited and Translated by Ch. Burnett, K. Yamamoto and M. Yano. 1994. ISBN 90 04 09997 2 16. SABUR IBN SAHL. Dispensatorium Parvum (al-Aqrabiidhin al~aghir). Analysed, Edited and Annotated by O. Kahl. 1994. ISBN 9004 100040 17. MAR6TH, M. Die Araber und die antike Wissenschaftstheorie. Ubersetzung aus dem Ungarischen von Johanna Till und Gabor Kerekes. 1994. ISBN 90 04 100083

s

294669716-The-Abbreivation-of-the-Introduction-To-Astrology-Abu-Mashar.pdf

Recommend Documents